Manual Drives Motor Vexta

Speed Control Systems
Introduction
Introduction
AXU
AXH Series ........................................... B-58
AXH
BHF Series ............................................. B-70
BHF
ES01/ES02 ............................................ B-86
ES
US Series ............................................. B-116
US
DC Input
AC Motor Systems
ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Before Using a Speed

Control System ...................... ................................................................ B-131
B-1
AC Motor Systems
AXU Series ............................................ B-46
Brushless DC
Motor Systems
Brushless DC Motor Systems

DC Input
AC Input
FBL@ Series .......................................... B-34
FBL2
AC Input
BX Series ............................................... B-10
BX
Features of Speed Control Systems .................. B-2

Product Line of Speed Control Systems ............ B-4
Speed Control Systems Selection Guide ........... B-6
How to Read Specifications
and SpeedTorque Characteristics .................... B-7
Features of Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems allow you to easily set and adjust the
speed of a motor. The control system consists of a speed
feedback system, a motor, a driver (or a speed control pack)
and a speed setting device. The motor for the speed control
system is either a Brushless DC Motor or a standard AC
Motor.

Energy-Saving
Flat Torque Characteristics
These units use brushless DC motors. Since the efficiency is

higher than for an inverter-driven three-phase motor, the
electricity consumption is greatly reduced. This contributes to
energy savings for the factory.
The brushless motor and driver package outputs a constant

torque from low speed to high speed. Unlike an AC speed
control motor, the torque does not drop in the low-speed
region.
AXU Series 90 W
150
Input [W]
120
60
Loss
90
90
Output
Brushless
DC Motors
AC Motors
Controlled
by an Inverter
30
90
Limited Duty Region
Rated Torque
Torque
Loss reduced by 50%

Power consumption reduced by 30%
Continuous Duty Region
1000
60
2000
3000
Speed [r/min]
30
0
Small, High Power and Compact

The use of a brushless DC motor enables a smaller and
more powerful motor than an AC speed control motor. This
product will save space and enables downsizing.
AXU Series outputs 90 W (1/8 HP) with 3.54 in. (90
mm), 2.24 in. (57 mm) length.
Wide Variable Speed Range

In addition to feedback control, this system was designed to
achieve a speed range of 33000 r/min (speed ratio
1:1000) in comparison to a speed range of 2002400 r/min
(speed ratio 1:12) by inverter controlled AC motors.
Using the BX Series with optional OPX-1A control module.
Low-Speed
3.54
(90)
Brushless DC Motors
2.24
2.56 1.50
(57)
(65) (38)
3.07 in.
78 mm
High-Speed
3.54
(90)
AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter
5.31
(135)
B-2
2.56
(65)
1.50
(38)

Introduction
BX
FBL2
Oriental Motor offers three different series of AC speed control as shown below.
Select the best system depending upon your application.
BHF Series
AXH
Compact speed controller ES01/ ES02
AXU
Multiple functions, 200 W (1/4 HP) speed control system with

conformance to global power supply voltages BHF Series

AC Input
DC Input
AC Motor Systems
Easy connection, easy handling US Series

BHF
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
US Series
B-3
AC Motor Systems
ES01/ES02
US
For brushless motor and driver packages and the BHF Series of AC Motor Systems,
electronic-input control is possible. The motor can be connected directly to a
programmable controller. As the motor requires no power relays, there is no need for
periodic service or replacement of relays. This makes the machine highly reliable.
Moreover, the time required to set up the motor is greatly reduced. Removing the
relays eliminates the spark noise during opening and closing of the relay contact
points.
ES
Electronic-Input Control
Product Line of Speed Control Systems

AC Input
BX Series Page B-10
Variable Speed Range: 303000 r/min

with OPX-1A (optional): 33000 r/min
Output Power: 30 W, 60 W, 120 W, 200 W, 400 W
(1/25 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/6 HP, 1/4 HP, 1/2 HP)
Speed Regulation: 0.05% Max. (Relative to load, with optional OPX-1A)
Features
High performance and functionality Brushless DC Motor system
High-Output Power 200 W, 400 W types. Electromagnetic brake type
is also available.
Electromagnetic brake types allow for vertical applications.
Combined with the OPX-1A (sold separately), it is possible to obtain
advanced speed control, torque limiting functionality and position
control.
This product conforms to most global safety standards
FBL@ Series
BX Series
Page B-34

Output Power: 75 W, 120 W (1/10 HP, 1/6 HP)
Speed Regulation: 1% Max. (Relative to load)
Features
Slim and powerful Brushless DC Motor and driver system.
The combination type with a dedicated high-strength gearhead
This product conforms to most global safety standards.
AXU Series
FBL@ Series
Page B-46

Output Power: 10 W, 25 W, 40 W, 90 W
(1/75 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/8 HP)
Features
Thin and compact Brushless DC Motor and Control Unit package.
The motor and the control unit can be connected easily through the
connector. When setting the speed, all you have to do is adjust the
potentiometer on the front surface of the control unit.
Run/Stop, rotation direction, and instantaneous stop can be
controlled with external signals.
DC Input
AXH Series
AXU Series
Page B-58

Output Power: 15 W, 30 W, 50 W, 100 W
(1/50 HP, 1/25 HP, 1/15 HP, 1/8 HP)
Features
Thin and powerful Brushless DC Motor and driver system.
Compact circuit-board type driver (as small as a business card)
B-4
AXH Series
AC Motor Systems
BHF Series
Page B-70
BX
AXU
AXH
Speed Controller
ES01/ES02 Page B-86
BHF
Variable Speed Range:

60 Hz 901600 r/min, 50 Hz 901400 r/min
Output Power: World K Series 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W
(1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP),
V Series 6W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W
(1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/8 HP)
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Page B-116
Variable Speed Range:

60 Hz 901600 r/min, 50 Hz 901400 r/min
Output Power:
Induction Motor 6W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W
(1/125 HP, 1/50 HP, 1/30 HP, 1/19 HP, 1/12 HP, 1/8 HP)
Features
Unit consists of a compact control unit with a dedicated motor (component
type). One-step connectors make for easy wiring.
US Series
B-5
AC Motor Systems
ES
ES01/ES02
Features
Designed for ultimate ease of use of functions and operations.
Enables multi-functions within the controller, such as speed control,
immediate stopping and smooth start and stop.
US Series

AC Input
DC Input
BHF Series
FBL2
Features
With a dedicated inverter, the BHF Series achieves speed stability with a
fluctuation of only 3%. The inverter is already optimized for use with the
gearmotor, so detailed adjustments are not required.
Enables automatic on/off control of the electromagnetic brake on the
inverter side, which allows for vertical applications.
Motor and gearhead come pre-assembled.
Wide product variation such as a right-angle shaft (hollow shaft, solid
shaft) and a parallel shaft.
Introduction

Output Power: 200 W (1/4 HP)
Speed Control Systems Selection Guide

There are many different characteristics and functions to consider when selecting a speed control system.
Selection by Speed Control Range

The speed control ranges shown below are for motors only. When adding a gearhead, refer to the page number for the
appropriate series as indicated below.
Model
Brushless DC Motor Systems AC Motor Systems
AC Power
Input
DC Power
Input
AC Power
Input
Page
BX Series
B-10
FBL@ Series
B-34
AXU Series
B-46
AXH Series
B-58
BHF Series
B-70
ES01/ES02
B-86
US Series
B-116
Speed Control Range

(3 r/min) 30 r/min
303000 r/min
3000 r/min
(33000 r/min)
300 r/min
3000 r/min
100 r/min
3003000 r/min
2000 r/min
1002000 r/min
100 r/min
3000 r/min
100 r/min
1003000 r/min
2400 r/min
90 r/min
1002400 r/min
901600 r/min (60 Hz)
1600 r/min
901400 r/min (50 Hz)
With the BX Series and OPX-1A (sold separately), speed range increases to 33000 r/min.
Selection by Speed Setting

Setting Method
Potentiometer Control
External DC Voltage
Digital Control
BX Series
FBL@ Series
AXU Series
AXH Series
BHF Series
ES01/ES02
US Series
Model
Brushless DC AC Motor
Motor Systems Systems
AC
Power Input
DC Power Input
AC
Power Input
OPX-1A is required.
Speed Control System Function Comparison

Slow Start/ Instantaneous Electronic
Input
Stop
Slow Down
Control
Multiple
Speed
Operation
Load
Holding
Torque
Limiting
8-speed1
1
2-speed2
2-speed2
2-speed2
Page
(Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC,

Three-Phase 200-230 VAC)
B-10
B-34
B-46
BX Series
AC
FBL@ Series
Power Input (Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC,
AXU Series
DC
AXH Series
Power Input (24 VDC)
BHF Series
AC Motor Systems
Alarm
Output
Series

AC
ES01/ES02
Power Input (Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC)
US Series
(Single-Phase 110-115 VAC, Single-Phase 220-230 VAC)
B-58
B-70
3
B-86
B-116
1 Possible when used with the OPX-1A (sold separately).

2 Possible by switching between the internal/external potentiometer.
3 No instantaneous stop function, however possible to stop within 0.1 second by speed setting.
OP: Possible by using with Motor Speed Indicator, SDM496 (sold separately).
B-6
2-speed2
Digital
Safety
Speed
Indicator Standards
1
OP
OP
OP
OP
OP
OP
Shown below is an explanation of how to read some important specifications for Speed Control Motors.
Round Shaft Type
Rated Output Power
AXU210C-A
Single-Phase
1/75 (10)
Single-Phase
AXU210S-A
AXU425S-A
Single-Phase
1/30 (25)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Three-Phase
100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 100-115 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10% 200-230 VAC10%
Frequency
50/60 Hz
0.7
0.4
0.25
1.1
0.65
0.4
Maximum Input Current A

Rated Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Starting Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4 kgm2)
Rated Speed
r/min
Variable Speed Range
r/min
0.9
0.6
0.4
1.5
0.9
0.7
Speed
Regulation
17.7 (0.125)
8.5 (0.06)
21 (0.15)
2.7 (0.5)
2% Max. (0rated torque, at rated speed)
Load
Voltage
1% Max. (power supply voltage 10 %, at rated speed with no load)
1% Max. (32F104F [0C40C] at rated speed with no load)
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors
0.5
70
0.4
60
Starting Torque
Limited Duty Region
0.3
0.2
40
30
20
0.1
0
10
0
0 300
How to Read Gearhead Specifications
Rated Torque
50
Torque
Continuous Duty Region: This refers to the region where a motor can
be operated continuously. The area is also used for the frictional load
torque at the sliding portion of equipment.
Limited Duty Region: This refers to the region which can be used for
a short period of time. If operated for more than about 5 seconds in
the limited duty region, the driver's overload protection function
engages and the motor is automatically stopped. This area is also
used as the acceleration torque which accelerates the load inertia up
to the set speed at motor start-up.
[oz-in]
How to Read SpeedTorque Characteristics
[Nm]
Similar to Standard AC Motors. Refer to How to Read Specifications for Standard AC Motors. Page A-7
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
B-7
AC Motor Systems
ES
Rated output power: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the amount of work that can be
performed by a motor in a given period of time. It also expresses the maximum output that can be produced continuously.
Maximum input current: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum current sent into
the driver (control unit).
Rated torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum torque created when they
are in continuous operation.
Starting torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the limit of torque that can be generated
instantaneously.
Permissible load inertia: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum load inertia that
can be driven. The permissible load specified here is applicable only to round shaft type.
Rated speed: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the maximum (limit) speed. It is the speed
at rated output.
For AXH series, the maximum speed is the limit of speed.
Variable speed range: This refers to, with the combination of motor and driver (control unit), the range of variable speed.
Speed regulation: This shows how much the speed is affected by the change in load, voltage and temperature.
BHF
Temperature
9.8 (1.8)
2000
1002000 (speed ratio 20:1)
AXH
7.1 (0.05)
AXU
Rated Input Current
FBL2
Source
AXU210A-A

AC Input
DC Input
Power
AXU425C-A
AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN
HP (W)
Voltage
AXU425A-A
BX
Pinion Shaft Type
Model
Introduction

How to Read Specifications and SpeedTorque Characteristics
T US425-401U US425-001U
1/30 25
Voltage
Frequency Speed Range
Permissible Torque
oz-in mNm
Starting
Torque
Current
Power
Consumption
Round Shaft
Pinion Shaft
Maximum
Output
Power
HP W
Model
AC Motor Systems
VAC
Single-Phase 110
Hz
60
r/min
901600
1200r/min
28
200
90r/min
7.1
50
oz-in mNm
14.9 105
A
0.74
W
70
Single-Phase 115
60
901600
28
7.1
14.9
0.74
73
200
50
105
Maximum output power: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the amount of work that can be
performed in a given period of time. It also expresses the maximum output that can be produced within the usage limit line on
the speed-torque characteristics graph.
Speed range: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the range of variable speed. For Speed Control
Motors, the variable speed range varies with the size of load torque.
Permissible torque: This refers to, at the most commonly used speeds (1200 r/min, 90 r/min), the maximum torque that can be
produced below the safe-operation line or the permissible torque with gearhead attached.
Starting torque: This refers to, with the combination of motor and control pack, the size of torque that can be produced
instantaneously at motor start-up.
Current: This refers to the current sent into the control pack at the maximum output.
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors

[oz-in]
110 VAC
115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
300
40
Permissible Torque when
Gearhead is Attached
250
35
30
Torque
Safe-operation line: The safe-operation line, measured

by the motors temperature, indicates its operational limit
for continuous usage with the temperature level below
the permissible maximum (In case of using a reversible
motor, it is measured by 30 minutes operation). Whether
the motor can be operated continuously or not, is judged
by measuring the temperature of the motor case. When
the temperature of the case is below 194F (90C), the
motor is capable of continuous operation.
Permissible torque when gearhead is attached: When
using a gearhead, be aware that it is necessary to
operate below the maximum permissible torque. If the
actual torque required should exceed the maximum
permissible torque, it may cause possible damage to the
motor and/or may shorten its life span.
[mNm]
How to Read SpeedTorque Characteristics
200
25
150
100
20
15
10
50
5
0
90
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
How to Read Gearhead Specifications
B-8
1500 1800
14001600

Introduction
BX
AXU
AXH

DC Input
AC Input
FBL2
BHF
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Additional Information
Technical ReferenceF-1
General Information G-1
BX Series B-10
FBL2 SeriesB-34
AXU Series B-46
AXH SeriesB-58
B-9
AC Motor Systems
ES
BX Series
The BX Series brushless DC speed control system offers
high performance and simple operation from a compact
driver and motor. Combined with the optional OPX-1A
control module, the BX Series can also provide excellent
position control and torque control capabilities.
Features of the BX Series Standard

Model
Wide Speed Range, Flat Torque
The BX Series offers a wide speed range of 30 to 3,000
r/min. Even with load fluctuations, the speed ratio is 1 to 100
without any reduction in torque.
Great Speed Regulation

At mid- and high-level speeds, variations, which lead to
performance irregularities, are reduced.
Easy-to-Set Speed Control

Speed may be controlled using either an internal
potentiometer, an external potentiometer or an external DC
voltage.
Vertical Application Handler

Electromagnetic brake models allow a load to be held in a
stationary position. The ON/OFF switch provides easy
operation of the brake function.
Features of the BX Series with the OPX-1A

Control Module
Enhanced Speed Control
With up to eight individual speed settings available, the use
of the OPX-1A control module increases the speed range of
the BX Series to 3 to 3,000 r/min.
Monitoring Functionality
The OPX-1A displays position, speed and torque data, as
well as alarm history.
Torque Limiting Functionality
With the BX Series, a motor output torque limit can be set
using the OPX-1A control module, in both speed control
and position control modes.
Constant tension &
high-sensitivity torque devices
Press Machine
Additional Functionality
Constant
Tension
OPX-1A Control Module
Safety Standards and CE Making

Certification Standards
CE Marking
File No.
Body
BXM6200 UL1004
BXM6400 CSA C22.2 No. 100
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
Driver
UL508C
CSA C22.2 No.14
EN50178
UL File No.
E208200
UL File No. Low Voltage

E62327
Directives
Conform to
EMC
EN/IEC Standards
Directives
UL File No.
UL
E171462
Resolution:
0.72/pulse, 500 (p/r)
Sensor
Motor
UL
UL
BXM230
UL60950
BXM460
CSA C22.2
BXM5120 No.60950
No oscillator is needed for the position control mode, which

allows for up to six data sets and two Return to Home
positions (mechanical and electrical) to be programmed.
Continuous
Standards
Input position data with the OPX-1A
Model
Position Control Mode
Press Start input

after setting
the control mode
Conform to
EN/IEC Standards
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names
on the motor and driver nameplates are the approved model names.
List of Motor and Driver Combinations Page B-33
Details of Safety Standards Page G-2
The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final
EMC level must be checked with the motor/driver incorporated in the equipment.
B-10
Features B-10
System Configuration B-11
Specifications B-12
Characteristics B-16
System Configuration
DIN Rail Mounting Plate
(Accessories)
(Page A-217)
Driver
Programmable
Controller
(Not Supplied)
FBL2
Regeneration Unit
(Accessories)
(Page B-33)
AXU
AC
Power Supply
External
Speed
Potentiometer
(Included)
(Not Supplied)
AXH
24 VDC
Power Supply 2
BX Series

DC Input
AC Input
Extension Cables
(Accessories)
(Page B-33)
OPX-1A Control Module

(Accessories)
BX
Combination Type
(Pre-assembled Gearmotor)
Introduction
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
Mounting Brackets
(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
(Not Supplied)
BHF
ES
The system configuration shown is an example. Other combinations are available.

US
Product Number Code
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
BX 2 30 A M-A
BX Series
Motor Frame Size

2: 2.36 in. sq.(60 mm sq.)
4: 3.15 in. sq.(80 mm sq.)
5: 3.54 in. sq.(90 mm sq.)
6: 4.09 in. sq.(104 mm sq.)
Output Power
30: 30 W (1/25 HP)
60: 60 W (1/12 HP)
120: 120 W (1/6 HP)
200: 200 W (1/4 HP)
400: 400 W (1/2 HP)
Voltage
M: Electromagnetic Brake
A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC
Blank: Standard Type
C: Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
Product Line
Combination Type/Electromagnetic Brake
Combination Type/Standard
Output Power
HP
1/25
30
1/12
1/6
60
120
1/4
200
1/2
400
Power Supply Voltage
Number: Gear Ratio

A: Round Shaft
Model
BX230A-
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC
Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX230C-
BX460A-
BX5120A-
Gear Ratio
5200
5200
5200
5200
5200

BX6200A-
5200

BX6400S-
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
5200
5200
5200
Output Power
HP
1/25
30
1/12
60
1/6
120
1/4
200
1/2
400
Model
BX230AM-
Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX230CM-
BX460AM-
Gear Ratio
5200
5200
5200
5200
BX5120AM- 5200
Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC BX5120CM- 5200
BX6200AM- 5200
BX6400SM-
5200
5200
Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
Dimensions B-17
Connection and Operation B-24
Motor and Driver Combinations B-33
B-11
AC Motor Systems
1 A flexible extension cable is available for BX Series. It is most suitable for uses where the cable is bent, twisted or rotated. (Page B-33)
2 Required when the drivers built-in power supply is not used.
Product Line
Round Shaft Type/Electromagnetic Brake
Round Shaft Type/Standard

Output Power
HP
1/25
30
1/12
1/6
60
120
1/4
200
1/2
400
Output Power
Model
BX230A-A
Single-Phase, Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
BX230C-A
BX460A-A
BX460C-A
BX5120A-A
BX5120C-A
BX6200A-A
BX6200C-A
Three-Phase, 200-230 VAC
BX6400S-A
HP
1/25
30
1/12
1/6
60
120
1/4
200
1/2
400
Model
BX230AM-A
BX230CM-A
BX460AM-A
BX460CM-A
BX5120AM-A
BX5120CM-A
BX6200AM-A
BX6200CM-A
BX6400SM-A
Specifications
Combination Type/
Standard
Combination Type/
Electromagnetic Brake
Model
Round Shaft Type/
Standard
Round Shaft Type/
Electromagnetic Brake
UC
Rated Output
HP (W)
Rated Speed
Rated Torque
r/min
oz-in (Nm)
Peak Torque 1
oz-in (Nm)
Rotor Inertia J
oz-in 2 (kgm2)
2
(Voltage, Frequency)
Rated Input Current
Maximum Input Current
BX5120A-
BX6200A-
BX230C-
BX460C-
BX5120C-
BX6200C-
/
BX6400S-
BX230AM-
BX460AM-
BX5120AM-
BX6200AM-
BX230CM-
BX460CM-
BX5120CM-
BX6200CM-
/
BX6400SM-
BX230A-A
BX460A-A
BX5120A-A
BX6200A-A
BX230C-A
BX460C-A
BX5120C-A
BX6200C-A
/
BX6400S-A
BX230AM-A
BX460AM-A
BX5120AM-A
BX6200AM-A
BX230CM-A
BX460CM-A
BX5120CM-A
BX6200CM-A
/
BX6400SM-A
1/25 (30)
1/12 (60)
1/6 (120)
1/4 (200)
1/2 (400)
3000
28 (0.2)
14.2 (0.1)
28 (0.2)
56 (0.4)
56 (0.4)
0.48 (0.088104) 1.06 (0.194104)

4
8.2 (1.510 )
92 (0.65)
113 (0.8)
184 (1.3)
3.4 (0.625104)
3.6 (0.66104)
4
4
184 (1.3)
220 (1.6): Combination Type
360 (2.6): Round Shaft Type
3.6 (0.66104)
4
95 (17.5104)
16.4 (3.010 )
32 (6.010 )
54 (1010 )
Single-Phase 110-115 VAC 15%10% 50/60 Hz
200-230 VAC Specifications
Single-Phase or Three-Phase 200-230 VAC (BX6400: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC) 15%10% 50/60 Hz
oz-in (kgm )
Single-Phase 110-115 VAC A
1.4
2.2
3.7
4.7
0.8
1.4
2.3
2.8
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC A
0.5
0.7
1.1
1.7
2.8
2.4
3.5
6.7
1.6
2.2
4.1
5.3
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC A

Electromagnetic Brake2
BX460A-
110-115 VAC Specifications
Permissible Load Inertia J

Power Source
BX230A-
0.8
Brake Type
Static Friction Torque oz-in(Nm)
Motor Heat Sink 3
Frame Size: in sq. (mm sq.)
(Material: Aluminum)
Thickness: in sq. (mm sq.)
1.2
/
3.2: Combination Type
3.2
4.4: Round Shaft Type
Active when the power is off, automatically controlled by the driver

14.2 (0.1)
28 (0.2)
56 (0.4)
92 (0.65)
184 (1.3)
4.53 (115)4.53 (115) 5.31 (135)5.31 (135) 6.50 (165)6.50 (165) 7.87 (200)7.87 (200) 9.84 (250)9.84 (250)
0.20 (5)
0.20 (5)
0.20 (5)
0.20 (5)
0.24 (6)
1 The peak torque can be used for a maximum duration of approximately 5 seconds at 2000 r/min or less.
2 Electromagnetic brakes are for holding the position when the power is off. They cannot be used for complicated braking.
3 When the motor is used for continuous operation at rated conditions, it should be mounted to a heat sink having a heat radiation power equal to or greater than the heat
sink of the size shown.
B-12
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
BX Series Standard
BX Series with optional OPX-1A control module
Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is shared by all data

index operations by one of the following:
Internal potentiometer with analog setting (0.115 sec.)
Digital setting (030 sec. Setting resolution: 0.001 sec.)
Number of Speed Settings
2 by analog two-step speed setting
Speed Control Method
Internal potentiometer
External analog input
External potentiometer (20k, 1/4W) or
External DC Voltage, 05VDC (input impedance: 15k)
0.05 % Max. (0rated torque at 3000 r/min)
Voltage
0.05 % Max. (Power supply input voltage range at 3000 r/min

with no load)
0.05 % Max. (Power supply input voltage range at 3000 r/min

with no load)
Temperature
0.5 % Max. (32F122F [0C50C] at 3000 r/min with no

load)
Analog speed setting: 0.5% Max. (32F122F [0C50C]

at 3000 r/min with no load)
Digital speed setting: 0.05% Max. (32F122F [0C50C]
at 3000 r/min with no load)
AXU
Load
8 by one of the following:

Analog two-step speed setting + digital six-step speed setting
Digital eight-step speed setting
Digital speed setting
External potentiometer (20 k, 1/4 W) or
External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedance: 15 k)
0.05 % Max. (0rated torque at 3000 r/min)
FBL2
Speed Regulation
Shared by all data index operations.

Internal potentiometer with analog setting: 0.115 sec.
AXH
Position Control Mode Specifications (with optional OPX-1A control module)
Resolution
Acceleration/Deceleration Time
(at 3000 r/min)
Same setting as in speed control mode.
Rotation Direction
CW when the position in Data No. 0 or 1 is set

to a value of zero or greater;
CCW when the position in Data No. 0 or 1 is
set to a value of 1 or less.
Initial Value
0 (CW)
When using the continuous operation, the number of position settings is

reduced from 6 (Data No.05) to 4 (Data No.25)
Digital speed setting (Data No.05)

External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input
impedance: 15 k)
Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is
shared by all data index operations by one of
the following:
Internal potentiometer with analog setting
0.115 sec.
Digital setting 030 sec. Setting resolution:
0.001 sec.
Return to Mechanical Home Position
Return to Electrical Home Position
Mechanical Home Position

Detection
1-sensor method: NC (Normally Closed)
Movement
From the current motor position to the

electrical home position
33000 r/min (Digital speed setting;

Resolution 1 r/min; Data No.7)
33000 r/min (Digital speed setting;

Resolution 1 r/min; Data No.6)
Direction of Home
Detection Start
Set to CW or CCW
Not provided
Positional Offset Range

Initial Offset Value
Dimensions B-17
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
By one of the following:

Analog two-step speed settingdigital fourstep speed setting
Digital six-step speed setting
Speed Setting
Same setting as in speed control mode.
Acceleration/Deceleration
US
Position Control Range
Speed
ES
Position Setting Method
Continuous Operation
6 (Data No. 05)

Incremental (from the current position to
relative position) with optional OPX-1A
control module
1 step 0.72, 500 (P/R)
8,388,6088,388,607 steps (Data No.05)
Preset Acceleration/Deceleration time is

shared by all data index operations by one of
the following:
Internal potentiometer 0.115 sec. at 3000 r/min.
Digital setting 030 sec. at 3000 r/min.
Setting resolution 0.001 sec.
8,388,6088,388,607 steps
0
B-13
AC Motor Systems
Number of Position Settings
BHF
Positioning Operation

DC Input
AC Input
(at 3000 r/min)
BX
303000 (Analog speed setting)
Introduction
Variable Speed Range (r/min)
303000 (Analog speed setting)

33000 (Digital speed setting resolution 1 r/min)
Speed Control Mode Specifications
Torque-Limiting Function Specifications (with optional OPX-1A control module)

You can set the motor output torque-limiting value similarly for both the speed control and position control modes.
Torque-Limiting Setting Method
By one of the following:

Digital Common Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set for all data sets (No. 07) in one operation.
Digital Independent Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set independently for each data set (No. 07).
Analog Common Torque Setting: A torque-limiting value can be set for all data sets (No. 07) in one operation via external analog
input.
External analog input:
External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedence: 15 k)
Torque-Limiting Setting Range
Assuming that peak (starting) torque is 100 %, torque limiting values can be selected by one of the following:
Digital Setting: 1100 % (Resolution 1 %)
External Analog Input, 1100 % by:
External DC Voltage, 05 VDC (input impedence: 15 k)
Common Specifications
Item
Specifications
Motor Insulation Class
Class A [221 F (105 C)]
Control System
PWM Control
Speed and Positioning Control Detection System
Optical Encoder (500 P/R)
Input Signal
Activated by the photocoupler equivalent input resistance of 2.3 k and built-in power supply of 15 VDC.
CW (START), CCW (HOME position sensor), M0, M1, M2, BRAKE (ALARM CLEAR), FREE
Output Signal
Open Collector Output (current sink output), 4.526.4 VDC

ALM, BUSY (TORQUE LIMITING)/ALARM PULSE Output: 40 mA max.
SPEED Output: 20 mA max.
Protection Functions
When the following are activated the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop:
Overload Protection, Overvoltage Protection, Excessive Displacement, Overcurrent Protection, Excessive Speed,
EEPROM Data Error, Encoder Failure, Low Voltage Protection.
The input and output signals may function differently when the OPX-1A control module is used.
General Specifications
Item
Motor
Driver
Insulation Resistance
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the

windings and the frame.
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the

following places:
FramePower Input Terminal
Signal Input TerminalPower Input Terminal
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 1500 VAC at 50 Hz applied between

the windings and the frame.
Sufficient to withstand the following for one minute

FramePower Input Terminal 1500 VAC 50 Hz
Signal Input/Output TerminalPower Input Terminal 1800
VAC 50 Hz
Operating
Environment
Conditions
32 F122 F (0 C50 C), nonfreezing
Ambient Temperature
Humidity
85% maximum, noncondensing
Atmosphere
No corrosive gases or dust
Gearmotor Torque Table
Values in parentheses only apply if the optional control module (OPX-1A) is used. Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm
10
6 (0.6) 600
3 (0.3) 300
BX230-
BX230M-
4.1
0.47
8.4
0.95
12.5
1.42
16.8
1.9
23
2.7
39
4.5
53
6
53
6
BX460-
BX460M-
8.4
0.95
16.8
1.9
24
2.8
33
3.8
47
5.4
79
9
141
16
141
16
BX5120-
BX5120M-
16.8
1.9
33
3.8
50
5.7
67
7.6
95
10.8
159
18
260
30
260
30
BX6200-
BX6200M-
23
2.6
46
5.2
69
7.8
83
9.4
125
14.2
200
23.7
350
40
350
40
BX6400S-
BX6400SM-
46
5.2
92
10.5
138
15.7
167
18.9
250
28.4
350
40
350
40
350
40
Gear Ratio
Speed Range
r/min
15
20
30
2 (0.2) 200 1.5 (0.15) 150 1 (0.1) 100
50
100
200
0.6 (0.06) 60 0.3 (0.03) 30 0.15 (0.015) 15
Model
Enter the letter representing the voltage (A or C) in the first box () within the model name. Enter the gear ratio in the second box () within the model name.
A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation in the opposite direction.
B-14
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Permissible Thrust Load

lb. (N)
BX230-, BX230M-
BX230-, BX230M-
5
1020
BX230-, BX230M-
30200
BX230-A, BX230M-A
BX460-, BX460M-
/
5
1020
BX460-, BX460M-
30200
BX460-A, BX460M-A
BX5120-, BX5120M-
/
5
1020
BX5120-, BX5120M-
30200
BX5120-A, BX5120M-A
BX6200-, BX6200M-
/
515
BX6200-, BX6200M-
20200
BX6200-A, BX6200M-A
BX6400S-, BX6400SM-
/
515
BX6400S-, BX6400SM-
20200
BX6400S-A, BX6400SM-A
from the tip of the shaft

0.79 inch (20 mm)
9 (40)
9 (40)
22 (100)
33 (150)
33 (150)
45 (200)
9 (40)
45 (200)
67 (300)
19.6 (87.2)
24 (107)
22 (100)
45 (200)
56 (250)
123 (550)
26 (117)
30 (137)
33 (150)
67 (300)
90 (400)
33 (150)
90 (400)
112 (500)
33 (150)
112 (500)
146 (650)
35 (156)
39 (176)
45 (200)
123 (550)
180 (800)
45 (200)
146 (650)
220 (1000)
44 (197)
49 (221)
45 (200)
123 (550)
180 (800)
45 (200)
146 (650)
220 (1000)
44 (197)
49 (221)
AXH
78 (350)
101 (450)
AXU
67 (300)
22 (100)
FBL2
22 (100)
BX
BX5120-, BX5120M-

0.39 inch (10 mm)
Introduction
BX460-, BX460M-
Permissible Overhung Load lb. (N)
15
20
30
50
100
200
BX230A-, BX230AM-,
BX230C-, BX230CM-
66
1.2103
270
5103
600
1.1102
1090
2102
2000
3.7102
5000
9.2102
13700
2.5101
27000
5101
When quick stop or instantaneous bidirectional

motion is used
8.5
1.56104
34
6.25104
77
14.1104
137
25104
310
56.3104
850
156104
850
156104
850
156104
BX460A-, BX460AM-,
BX460C-, BX460CM-
120
2.2103
520
9.5103
1200
2.2102
1910
3.5102
4400
8102
12000
2.2101
34000
6.2101
66000
1.2

motion is used
31
5.63104
123
22.5104
280
50.7104
490
90104
1100
202104
3100
562104
3100
562104
3100
562104
BX5120A-, BX5120AM-,
BX5120C-, BX5120CM-
250
4.5103
1040
1.9102
2300
4.2102
3800
7102
8800
1.6101
25000
4.5101
66000
1.2
137000
2.5

motion is used
137
25104
550
100104
1230
225104
2200
400104
4900
900104
BX6200A-, BX6200AM-,
BX6200C-, BX6200CM-
550
1102
2500
4.6102
5500
1101
9300
1.7101
21000
3.9101

motion is used
210
37.5104
820
150104
1840
337104
3300
600104
BX6400S-, BX6400SM-
550
1102
2500
4.6102
5500
1101
9300
1.7101

motion is used
210
37.5104
820
150104
1840
337104
3300
600104
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
10
US
Gear Ratio
13700
13700
13700
2500104 2500104 2500104
51000
9.3101
98000
1.8
200000
3.7
7400
21000
21000
21000
1350104 3750104 3750104 3750104
21000
3.9101
51000
9.3101
98000
1.8
200000
3.7
7400
21000
21000
21000
1350104 3750104 3750104 3750104
Only available when the OPX-1A (sold separately) is used.
Dimensions B-17
B-15
AC Motor Systems
Model
UnitUpper values: oz-in2 / Lower values: kgm2
ES
BHF
Values should be approximately half the weight of the motor.

DC Input
AC Input
Gear Ratio
Model
Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load
Limited Duty Region
Continuous operation is possible in this region.
This region is used primarily when accelerating. When a load

that exceeds the rated torque is applied continuously or the
speed is above 2000 r/min, for approximately 5 seconds
overload protection is activated and the motor comes to stop.
Torque
[Nm] [oz-in]
0.2
25
Limited
Duty Region
Rated
Torque
15
0.2
0.1
0
0
30 (3)
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
BX5120-A/BX5120-
BX5120M-A/BX5120M-
Peak Torque
Limited
Duty Region
Rated
Torque
30
20
Continuous
Duty Region
10
[Nm] [oz-in]
0.4
50
0.3
40
Peak Torque
20
0.1
BX460-A/BX460-
BX460M-A/BX460M-
Continuous
Duty Region
10
0
30 (3)
[Nm] [oz-in]
0.8
100
0.6
80
Torque
BX230-A/BX230-
BX230M-A/BX230M-
Torque
Speed Torque Characteristics (The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only.)
Peak Torque
Limited
Duty Region
Continuous
Duty Region
40
0.2
0
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Rated
Torque
60
0.4
20
0
30 (3)
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Values in parentheses only apply if the optional OPX-1A control module is used.
BX6200-A/BX6200-
BX6200M-A/BX6200M-
BX6400S-A/BX6400S-
BX6400SM-A/BX6400SM-
[Nm] [oz-in]
3
[Nm] [oz-in]
200
Peak Torque
Limited
Duty Region
150
Rated
Torque
100
0.5
0
2
Torque
Torque
1.5
0
30 (3)
2000
Speed [r/min]
Peak Torque
Limited
Duty Region
300
Rated
Torque
Continuous
Duty Region
100
0
1000
Combination Type
Peak Torque
200
Continuous
Duty Region
50
400
3000
0
30 (3)
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Values in parentheses only apply if the optional OPX-1A control module is used.
Continuous
Instantaneous
Regeneration
BX
Rated Output
Regeneration
Regeneration
Unit Model
Model
W (HP)
Capability
Capability
W (HP)
W (HP)
EPRC-400P
RGB100
BX230
30 (1/25)
BX460
60 (1/12)
BX5120
120 (1/6)
BX6200
200 (1/4)
BX6400
400 (1/2)
Gravitational Operation Ability

-1.4
-180
-1.2
-160
-1.0
Load
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-140
Torque [oz-in]
The BX Series provides stable speed control during

gravitational operation. When a motor is rotated by external
power, it works as a generator. The driver may be damaged if
the energy that is regenerated during a vertical (gravitational)
operation or due to an abrupt start/stop involving a large
inertial load exceeds the maximum level that can be
absorbed by driver. The optional regeneration unit (sold
separately) is designed to discharge the regenerated energy,
thereby protecting the driver.
Torque [Nm]
Vertical Drive (Gravitational) Operation
BX6400
-120
-100 BX6200
-80
-60 BX5120
-40
-0.2
BX460
-20 BX230
100 (1/8)
240 (1/3)
1000
2000
3000
Speed [r/min]
100 (1/8)
800 (1)
Gravitational operation exceeding the range of

continuous regeneration capability will trigger the
internal thermal protector (302F [150C]).
Install the regeneration unit in the place which has the same heat radiation
capability as heat radiation plate [13.8 inch13.8 inch0.12 inch
(350mm350mm3mm)].
Regenerative Power
The regenerative power can be estimated using the formula
below. Use the calculated value as a guideline.
Regenerative power (W) 0.1047 TL [Nm] N [r/min]
TL: Load torque N: Rotating speed
Use the electromagnetic-brake type for gravitational operation.
B-16
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Dimensions Scale 1/4, Unit = inch (mm)
Mounting screws are included with the combination type. Dimensions for screws Page B-133
Combination Type/Standard
Motor/Gearhead
0
40.03
(
)
(
0
40.03
BHF
Shaft Cross Section AA
ES
US
GFH2G520:
L = 1.34 (34)
GFH2G30100: L = 1.50 (38)
GFH2G200:
L = 1.69 (43)
Motor/Gearhead
Key and Key Slot

(The key is provided with the gearhead)
94
(
0.9840.008
(250.2)
02
0.
)

70 0.5
.
3
0.19690.0012
0
50.03
Cable 0.31 (8)

16 inch (400 mm) Length
555706R (MOLEX)
Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
1.22
(31)
0.0016
0
0.04
5 0
0.1969
0.43
(11)
1.12
(28.5)
0.004
0.118 0
0.1
3 0
1.59
(40.5)
0.63
(16)
3.15
(80)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
0
0.19690.0012
0
50.03
0.98
(25)
A
2.13
(54)
0.28
(7)
1.38
(35)
0
0.51 (150.018
)
(13)
1.34
(34)
0
0.59060.0007
2.81
(71.5)
1.02
0.31
(26)
(8)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
BX460A-, BX460C-
Motor: BXM460-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH4G
Weight: 4.4 lb. (2 kg) including gearhead
d C148A (GFH4G520)
C148B (GFH4G30100)
C148C (GFH4G200)
Cable 0.31 (8)

GFH4G520:
L = 1.61 (41)
GFH4G30100: L = 1.81 (46)
GFH4G200:
L = 2.0 (51)
Dimensions B-17
B-17
AC Motor Systems
555706R (MOLEX)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
0.1575
0.15750.0012
0.004
0
0.0016
0
0.04
4 0
1.22
(31)
0.15750.0012
0.1
2.5 0
(100.015)
0.39
(10) 0.94
(24)
0
0.39370.0006
Cable 0.31 (8)

0.098
1.12
(28.5)
0.9840.008
(250.2)
AXH
0.63
(16)
0.43
(11)
AXU
1.59
2.13
(40.5)
(54)
0.98
(25)
A
Key and Key Slot

FBL2
0.16
(4)
2.36
(60)
02
0.
0.177(4.5)
6 0.5)
7
4 Holes 2.
70
(

DC Input
AC Input
1.26
(32)
BX
2.78
(70.5)
0.31
1.02
(8)
(26)
Introduction
BX230A-, BX230C-
Motor: BXM230-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH2G
Weight: 2.6 lb. (1.2 kg) including gearhead
d C147A (GFH2G520)
C147B (GFH2G30100)
C147C (GFH2G200)
1.59
(40.5) 2.13
(54)
02
)

09 0.5
.
4
0.
Key and Key Slot

04
1
(
3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0
(60.03
)
0.2
(5)
0.39
(10)
1.65
(42)
0.98
(25)
0.23620.0012
1.02
(26)
3.27
(83)
0.71 (180.018)
(18)
1.57
(40)
BX5120A-, BX5120C-
Motor: BXM5120-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH5G
d C149A (GFH5G520)
C149B (GFH5G30100)
C149C (GFH5G200)
0
0.70870.0007
0.23620.0012
0
60.03
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
555706R (MOLEX)
Protective Earth Lead 8 inch (200 mm) Length (31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
0.0016
0
0.04
6 0
0.2362
)
(
1.12(28.5)
0.1
3.5 0
0.63
(16)
0.43
(11)
0.004
0
A'
0.138
Motor/Gearhead
Cable 0.31 (8)

GFH5G520:
L = 1.77 (45)
GFH5G30100: L = 2.28 (58)
GFH5G200:
L = 2.52 (64)
Motor/Gearhead
0.98
(25)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
Key and Key Slot

0.9840.008
(250.2)
0
60.03
0.0016
0
0.04
6 0
0.2362
M4/
Cable 0.31 (8)

16 inch(400 mm) Length
555706R(MOLEX)
1.22
(31)
(28.5)
1.12
0.23620.0012
0.79
(20)
0.43
(11)
0.63
(16)
A'
1.65
(42)
1.59 2.13
(40.5) (54)
0.0

5)
.72 0.
4 120
(
0.20
(5)
4.09 (104)
0
0.23620.0012
0
60.03
0.39
(10)
1.65
(42)
0.004
0.138 0
0.1
3.5 0
1.02
(26)
2.83
(72)
0
(180.018
)
4.25
(108)
0.70870.0007
BX6200A-, BX6200C-
BX6400S-
Motor: BXM6200-GH
BXM6400-GH
Gearhead: 6GHK
Weight: 11 lb. (4.9 kg) including gearhead
d C181
555710R(MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
16 inch(400 mm) Length
B-18
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
0.43
(11)
0
(830.035
)
0
3.26770.0014
0
120.018
0
0.47240.0007
0.43
(11)
Cable 0.31 (8)

555706R (MOLEX)
0.43
(11)
1.12
(28.5)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.63
(16)
US
1.59
(40.5) 2.13
(54)
1.18
(30)
2
.0
0
9 .5)
.0 0
4 104
(
0.63
(16)
0.43
(11)
1.59 2.13
(40.5) (54)
1.18
(30)
02
0.
2 5)
.7 0.
4 120
(
(9400.035)
0.39
(10)
3.70080.0014
1.02
(26)
)
4.09 (
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
0
140.018
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
4.25
(108)
0.55120.0007
BX6200A-A, BX6200C-A,
BX6400S-A
Motor: BXM6200-A
BXM6400-A
Weight: 5.5 lb. (2.5 kg)
d C182
0.51
(13)
1.22
(31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
M4/
1.12
(28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8)

555706R(MOLEX)
1.22
(31)
555710R(MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
Dimensions B-17
B-19
AC Motor Systems
0.39
(10)
3.54
(90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
ES
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
BHF
1.02
(26)
AXH
3.27
(83)
AXU
BX5120A-A, BX5120C-A
Motor: BXM5120-A2
d C152
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
(31)
555706R (MOLEX)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31(8)
1.12
(28.5)
0.63
(16)
FBL2
555706R (MOLEX)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
0
(730.030
)
1.59
(40.5)
0.43
(11)
1.22
(31)

DC Input
AC Input
Cable 0.31 (8)

.0
0
0 .5)
.7 0
3 94
(
BX
1.12
(28.5)
0.63
(16)
3.15
(80)
0.256(6.5)
4 Holes
0
2.87400.0012
0.98
(25)
0
(100.015
)
1.26
(32)
0.08
(2)
0.37
(9.5)
0
0.39370.0006
2.81
(71.5)
0.31
1.02
(8)
(26)
2.13
(54)
0
(540.030
)
2.36
(60)
02
0.
0.177 (4.5)
6 0.5)
7
.
4 Holes 2 0
7
(
1.59
(40.5)
0.63
(16)
0
2.12600.0012
0.08
(2)
2.13
(54)
0.31
(8)
BX460A-A, BX460C-A
Motor: BXM460-A2
d C151
Introduction
1.02
(26)
0.94
(24)
0
(80.015
)
2.78
(70.5)
0.3
0
(7.5) 0.31500.0006
BX230A-A, BX230C-A
Motor: BXM230-A2
d C150
Round Shaft Type/Standard
BX230AM-, BX230CM-
Motor: BXM230M-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH2G
d C153A (GFH2G520)
C153B (GFH2G30100)
C153C (GFH2G200)
0.15750.0012
)
.5
0.0016
0
0.04
4 0
0.1575
1.22
(31)
0.15750.0012
0
40.03
0
40.03
6
.7 0
2 70
(
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.004
0
Cable 0.31(8)
555706R (MOLEX)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
0.
1.12
(28.5)

02
0.1
2.5 0
0.63
(16)
0.43
(11)
1.59
(40.5)
Key and Key Slot
2.36
(60)
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
0.098
L
1.26
0.16 (32)
(4)
0.98
(25)
A
0.31
(8)
0
0.39
(100.015
)
(10) 0.94
(24)
4.33
(110)
2.13
(54)
1.02
(26)
0
0.39370.0006
Combination Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Cable 0.31(8)
GFH2G520:
L = 1.34 (34)
GFH2G30100: L = 1.50 (38)
GFH2G200:
L = 1.69 (43)
Key and Key Slot

02
)
0.5

0.
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0
.7
3 94
(
0
50.03
0.19690.0012
3.15
(80)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
0.19690.0012
0
50.03
)
(
0.0016
0
0.04
5 0
0.1969
0.1
3 0
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
(31)
555706R (MOLEX)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
0.118
1.12
(28.5)
0.43
(11)
0.004
0
1.59
(40.5)
0.63
(16)
0
0.51 (150.018
)
(13)
1.34
(34)
1.38
(35)
0.98
(25)
A
2.13
(54)
1.02
(26)
L
0.28
(7)
4.23
(107.5) 0.31
(8)
0
0.59060.0007
BX460AM-, BX460CM-
Motor: BXM460M-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH4G
d C154A (GFH4G520)
C154B (GFH4G30100)
C154C (GFH4G200)
Cable 0.31(8)
GFH4G520:
L = 1.61 (41)
GFH4G30100: L = 1.81 (46)
GFH4G200:
L = 2.0 (51)
B-20
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
BX5120AM-, BX5120CM-
Motor: BXM5120M-GFH2
Gearhead: GFH5G
d C155A (GFH5G520)
C155B (GFH5G30100)
C155C (GFH5G200)
Key and Key Slot

04
1
(
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0
(60.03
)
0.23620.0012
02
)

09 0.5
.
4
0.
0.23620.0012
BX
0
60.03
(3.50.1
0 )
0.138
0.2362
0.43
(11)
1.12
(28.5)
0.0016
0
0.04
6 0
AXU
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
555706R (MOLEX)
(31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
FBL2
0.63
(16)
0.004
0
A'
AXH
BHF
GFH5G520:
L = 1.77 (45)
GFH5G30100: L = 2.28 (58)
GFH5G200:
L = 2.52 (64)
4 120
(
0
(180.018
)
Key and Key Slot

.02
0 5)
.72 0.
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.23620.0012
0
60.03
1.12
(28.5)
M4/
Cable 0.31 (8)

555706R(MOLEX)
555710R(MOLEX)
0.0016
0
0.04
6 0
0.2362
(
1.22
(31)
0.63
(16)
0.004
0.138 0
0.1
3.5 0
0.43
(11)
1.59
(40.5)
0.79
(20)
A'
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
0
0.23620.0012
0
60.03
2.13
(54)
1.65
(42)
0.98
(25)
4.09 (
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.20
(5)
0.39
(10)
0.70870.0007
US
1.65
(42)
2.83
(72)
5.91
(150)
Cable 0.31 (8)

Dimensions B-17
B-21
AC Motor Systems
ES
BX6200AM-, BX6200CM-
BX6400SM-
Motor: BXM6200M-GH
BXM6400M-GH
Gearhead: 6GHK
Weight: 13 lb. (5.9 kg) including gearhead
d C183
1.02
(26)

DC Input
AC Input
1.59
(40.5) 2.13
(54)
0.20
(5)
3.54
(90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
Introduction
0.39
(10)
1.02
(26)
1.65
(42)
0.98
(25)
A
0
0.70870.0007
0
0.71 (180.018
)
(18)
1.57
(40)
4.69
(119)
0.31
(8)
0.08
(2)
0.63
(16)
2.36
(60)
02
0.
0.177 (4.5)
6 )
4 Holes 2.7 0.5
70
(
1.59
(40.5)
2.13
(54)
1.02
(26)
0
(540.030
)
0.94
(24)
0
2.12600.0012
4.33
(110)
0
(80.015
)
BX230AM-A, BX230CM-A
Motor: BXM230M-A2
Weight: 2.2 lb. (1 kg)
d C156
0.3
0
(7.5) 0.31500.0006
Round Shaft Type with Electromagnetic Brake
1.12
(28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
555706R (MOLEX)
(31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31(8)
0.43
(11)
0.63
(16)
.0
0
0 .5)
.7 4 0
3
9
(
0
(730.030
)
0
(100.015
)
3.15
(80)
0.256(6.5)
4 Holes
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
555706R (MOLEX)
(31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
0.43
(11)
0.63
(16)
0
2.87400.0012
1.59
(40.5)
2.13
(54)
0.98
(25)
(9.5)
0.31
(8)
0.37
1.26
(32)
0.08
(2)
4.23
(107.5)
1.02
(26)
0
0.39370.0006
Motor: BXM460M-A2
d C157
1.12
(28.5)
0.63
(16)
1.12
(28.5)
0.43
(11)
0
0.
9 .5)
.0 0
4 104
(
0
(830.035
)
1.59
(40.5)
2.13
(54)
1.18
(30)
3.54
(90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
0
(120.018
)
0.39
(10)
0
3.26770.0014
1.02
(26)
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
0.43
(11)
4.67
(119)
0
0.47240.0007
Motor: BXM5120M-A2
d C158
Cable 0.31(8)
555706R (MOLEX)
1.22
(31)
Fits M4 Screw
555710R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31(8)
B-22
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
)
(
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
3.70080.0014
0.08
(2)
M4/
1.12
(28.5)
Cable 0.31 (8)

AXU
1.22
(31)
555706R(MOLEX)
555710R(MOLEX)
AXH
Cable 0.31 (8)

0.91
(23)
0.39
(10)
5.91
(150)
0.30
(7.62) Pitch
0.20
(5) Max.
1.38
(35)
0.49
(12.5)
Insulated sheet
0.98
(25)
0.18
(4.5)
0.12
(3)
1.69
(43)
0.39
(10)
0.67
(17)
0.39
(10)
0.20
(5)
1.38
(35)
0.39
(10)
M3 P0.5
7 Places
0.12 0.008 0.370.008

(9.50.2)
(3 0.2)
Driver Mounting Tab

(2 pieces included)
0.24
(6.2)
5.51
(140)
6.93
(176)
5.12
(130) 3.50
(89)
M4
1.57 (40)
Knob
Dial plate
1.57 (40)
Insulated sheet
1.57 (40)
M3 P0.5
2 Places
(20)
0.12
(3)
Potentiometer
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.20
(5)
0.79
1.77
(45)
0.63
(16) Max.
0.79
(20)
0.11 (2.8)
1.57 (40)
4.72
(120)
0.39
(10)
0.12
(3)
1.57 (40)
0.30 (7.5)
US
0.39
(10)
0.55
(14)
0.59 (15)
M4 P0.70.24 (6)
0.02 (0.5) (Screw)
Brass insertion
ES
0.98
(25)
0.71
(18)
1.18 (30) Min.

0.37 (9.5)
0.008 (0.2)
M3
7 Places
0.98
(25)
1.77
(45)
0.14 (3.5)
Countersink 2 Places
Control Module (Sold Separately)

OPX-1A
Weight: 0.15 lb. (0.07 kg)
5.45
(138.5)
Dimensions B-17
0.5
45 0
1.770.02
0
0.67
0.12 (17) 0.55
(3)
(14)
1.75
(44.5)
1.89
(48)
5.59
(142)
(for secure attachment)
5.470.02
0
(1390.5
0 )
B-23
AC Motor Systems
External Speed Potentiometer (included)
BXD30A-A, BXD60A-A, BXD120A-A, BXD200A-A,

BXD30A-C, BXD60A-C, BXD120A-C, BXD200A-C, BXD400A-S, BXD400B-S
d C141
BHF
Driver

DC Input
AC Input
0.63
(16)
FBL2
0.43
(11)
BX
1.59 2.13
(40.5) (54)
1.18
(30)
02
0.
2 5)
.7 0.
4 120
(
(9400.035)
0.39
(10)
Introduction
1.02
(26)
1.46
(37)
0
140.018
0.55120.0007
4.09 (
0.51
(13)
5.91
(150)
BX6400SM-A
Motor: BXM6200M-A
BXM6400M-A
d C184
Connection and Operation
Input and Output Signals

Internal Potentiometer
LED Display
Terminal
Deceleration Time Potentiometer
Control Module Connector
Encoder Connector
Speed Control
Mode
Mode
Mode
CW
CW
START
CCW
CCW
HOME-LS
M0
M0
M0
NC
M1
M1
NC
M2
M2
FREE
FREE
FREE
BRAKE/ACL
BRAKE/ACL
BRAKE/ACL
IN-COM
IN-COM
IN-COM
Input
4
Motor Connector
With Control Module
Speed Control
Number
Acceleration Time Potentiometer
Standard Model
Signal
7
Regeneration Unit Terminals
Position Control
Input
Signal
8
Input/Output Signal
Connector
Common
9
Power Connection Terminals
10
Protective Earth Terminal
11
Analog
Input
LED Display
14
The BX Series offers a wide range of protection functions.

As shown in the table below, the protection function that is
currently active can be identified from the number of LED
blinks. By counting the number of blinks, the host controller
can determine the type of alarm.
L
ALM
12
13
H
M
Output
15
BUSY/ALP
ALM
ALM
BUSY (TLM)/ALP BUSY (TLM)/ALP
ASG
ASG
ASG
BSG
BSG
BSG
OUT-COM
OUT-COM
OUT-COM
Output
16
Signal
Common
The BUSY output can be changed to the torque-limiting output only when a
torque limit is set. Details of Input and Output SignalsPage B-27
LED Display
Display
Color
Function
Operation
Green
Power Input Indication
When current is applied
Condition
Alarm
Red
Alarm Output Indication
When the protection function

has activated
Alarm Functions
Number of
ALARM LED
blinks
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Protection
Cause
Function
Overload
Load in excess of the rated torque is applied to the
protection
motor for about five seconds or more.
Overvoltage Primary voltage of the driver inverter has exceeded

protection
the upper limit of the specified voltage range.
Excessive
The motor in the position control mode cannot
displacement follow the command during operation.

Overcurrent Excessive current has flowed to driver inverter
protection
power element.
Excessive
The speed has exceeded 4000 r/min on the motor
speed
EEPROM
data error
Encoder
failure
shaft.
The data has been corrupted.
A problem has occurred with the feedback signal of
the encoder.
Low voltage Power supply voltage has dropped below the

protection
specified voltage range.
The position control mode is enabled when the control module

(OPX-1A) is connected.
B-24
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Connection Diagrams
Standard Model
CN4
OFF
ON : CW Start
OFF : Stop
ON : CCW Start
OFF : Stop
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON : External Potentiometer
OFF : Internal Potentiometer
CW Input
Connector
CN3
CCW Input
Motor Cable
M0 Input
M2 Input
OFF
OFF
FREE Input
M Input
Busy Output : [ON] when motor is operating
Terminal Block for

Regeneration Unit
L1
L2
L3
NC
L Input
NC(L1)
ALM Output
L(L2)
BUSY Output
N(L3)
ASG Output
Speed Output BSG
BSG Output
OUT-COM
GND
ON
OFF
Speed Data Selection Input
ON
OFF
OFF
ON : Motor Excitation Canceled

OFF : Motor Operation Enabled
ON : Operation1
OFF : Instantaneous Stop
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Connect the external potentiometer

(supplied) or External DC Voltage.
See page B-29 for details.
M1 Input
Shield wire
Encoder Cable
FREE Input
BRAKE Input
RG
H Input Input
RG
M Input
NC
L Input
NC(L1)
ALM Output
L(L2)
BUSY Output
N(L3)
Speed Output ASG
ASG Output
Speed Output BSG
BSG Output
GND
Motor Cable
Connector
CN2 2
M2 Input
Analog
1
Alarm Output : [OFF] when Output
CCW Input
M0 Input
IN-COM
3
Connector
CN3 2
Terminal Block for

Regeneration Unit
Terminal Block for

Power-Supply Input 2
2 See the connection diagram of the standard model
for the motor connection and terminal block.
OUT-COM
Ground [wire size: AWG18 (0.75 mm2) or larger]
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
CW Input
US
ON : CW Start
OFF : Stop
ON : CCW Start
OFF : Stop
ES
CN4
OFF
Notes:
If it is necessary to extend the distance
between the motor and driver, be sure to use
an extension cable or flexible cable (sold
separately).
Use one of the following cables for the powersupply line:
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, 3-core cable
[conductor cross-sectional area: AWG18 (0.75
mm2) or more]
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC, 3-core cable
mm2) or more]
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC, 4-core cable
mm2) or more]
When wiring the control I/O signal lines, keep
a minimum distance of 30 cm from power
lines (AC line, motor line and other largecurrent circuits). Also, do not route the control
I/O signal lines in the same duct or piping as
that is used for power lines.
Cables for the power-supply lines and control
I/O signal lines are not supplied with the
product. Provide appropriate cables
separately.
When grounding the driver, connect the
ground wire to the Protective Earth terminal
(M4) and connect the other end to a single
point using a cable with a size of AWG 16
(1.25 mm2) or greater.
Connection Diagram using the OPX-1A Control ModulePosition Control ModesPage B-26
Dimensions B-17
B-25
AC Motor Systems
Using the OPX-1A Control Module Speed Control Modes
BHF
1 When operating motor,

BRAKE input should be turned ON.
AXH
Speed Output ASG
Terminal Block for Power-supply input

Power-Supply
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz
Input
(Single-Phase 100-115 VAC input driver)
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz
Or,
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC 15%/10%, 50/60 Hz
(Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-230 VAC input driver)
AXU
Shield Wire
Alarm Output : [OFF] when Output
RG
NC

DC Input
AC Input
RG
FBL2
Analog
H Input Input
Connect the external potentiometer

(included) or external DC Voltage.

Single-Phase
100-115 VAC input Three-Phase 200-230 VAC input
BRAKE Input
IN-COM
Ground
(wire size: 0.75 mm2 or larger)
BX

ON
ON
Motor cable
Encoder Cable
Introduction
M1 Input

ON : Operation1
Encoder cable
Connector
CN2
Power Supply Terminals
OFF
ON : Positioning Operation Start
ON
ON
OFF : Mechanical Home Detection
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Positioning Data Selection Input
ON
OFF
OFF

ON : Operation1
ON
ON
ON
OFF

START Input
Connect the External Potentiometer

(included) or External DC Voltage.
Motor Cable
M0 Input
Connector
CN2 2
M1 Input
M2 Input
Encoder Cable
FREE Input
BRAKE Input
Analog
1
Alarm Output : [OFF] when output
Shield wire
Insulated ring terminal
HOME Input
IN-COM
3
Connector
CN3 2
RG
RG
M Input
NC
L Input
NC(L1)
ALM Output
L(L2)
BUSY Output
N(L3)
ASG Output
Speed Output BSG
BSG Output
0.35 inch (9 mm) min.
When using a crimp terminal for connection, use one of

the terminals listed below. The applicable crimp terminal
varies, depending on the wire size.
When the following terminals are used, the applicable wire
size will be between AWG 26 and 18.
Terminal Block for

Regeneration Unit
Terminal Block for

Power-Supply Input 2
2 See the connection diagram
of the standard mdel for the
motor connection and terminal
block.
OUT-COM
GND
0.13 inch (3.2 mm) min.
I/O Terminals (CN4)
H Input Input
Speed Output ASG
0.13 inch
(3.2 mm) min.
Insulated fork terminal

0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
CN4
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
Terminals
Using the OPX-1A Control Module Position Control Mode
Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact

AI 0.25-6
Applicable wire size: AWG2624 (0.140.2 mm2)
AI 0.34-6
Applicable wire size: AWG22 (0.35 mm2)
AI 0.5-6
AI 0.75-6
Driver Internal Circuits

Input Circuit
Output Circuit
The circled number located in front of each signal represents

the number of the corresponding I/O signal terminal.
The circled number located in front of each signal represents

the number of the corresponding I/O signal terminal.
CW (START) Input 1
CCW(HOME-LS) Input 1
M0, M1, M2 Input 2
FREE Input
3
BRAKE/ACL Input
Inside of Driver
15 V
2.3 k
Inside of Driver
ALM output
BUSY (TLM) /ALP Output1
OUT-COM
IN-COM
4.5 to 26.4 VDC/40 mA or less
1 The CW and CCW inputs function in the speed control mode on the standard
model and when the OPX-1A control module is used.
The START and HOME-LS inputs function in the position control mode when
the OPX-1A control module is used.
2 The M0 input is the only operation data selection input available on the
standard model. The M0, M1 and M2 inputs function on the when the OPX1A control module is used.
3 This input functions as the BRAKE input during normal operation, and as the
ACL input when a driver protection is active.
1 This output functions as the BUSY output during normal operation, and as the
ALP output when a driver protection is active. When the OPX-1A control
module is used, the BUSY output can be changed to the TLM output.
Inside of Driver
ASG Output
BSG Output
OUT-COM
4.5 to 26.4 VDC/40 mA or less
Photocoupler State
The signal state represents the ON: Carrying current or
OFF: Not carrying current state of the internal
photocoupler rather than the voltage level of the signal.
Photocoupler state
Terminal level
Photocoupler state
B-26
H
L
OFF
ON
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Speed Control Data Selection (M0) Input

With the M0 input, the speed can be controlled by either the
external potentiometer or an external analog setting.
ON
ON
ON
BRAKE Input
ON : Operation
ON
ON : Internal Potentiometer
External Analog Setting OFF : External Analog Setting
Motor
behavior
CW Operation
CW Operation
The deceleration time potentiometer is effective upon speed change.

CW
operation
CCW
operation
US
CW
operation
CCW
operation
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Deceleration time
Deceleration time
If the direction of rotation has been changed, acceleration and deceleration will
be performed at the rate set by time potentiometers.
Note:
The direction of rotation indicates the direction as viewed from the motor's output
shaft. With the pre-assembled gearmotor, the direction of rotation varies in
according to the gearhead ratio. See the table of permissible torques on page B-14
for details.
Dimensions B-17
B-27
AC Motor Systems
ON
Instantaneous Stop
ES
BRAKE
Input
Deceleration
Stop
ON
BHF
ON
Acceleration Time
AXH
M0 Input

DC Input
AC Input
CW Input
ON
CCW
Input
Motor
Behavior
External Analog Setting
AXU
ON
CW
Input
ON
FBL2
This input functions in the speed control mode on the

standard model and when the OPX-1A control module is
used. When the BRAKE input is ON, motor operation is
enabled. If the CCW input is turned ON, acceleration and
operation are performed in the counterclockwise direction at
the rate set by the acceleration time potentiometer. If it is
turned OFF, the motor decelerates and the operation stops at
the rate set by the deceleration time potentiometer.
Speed Data
BX
Counterclockwise Rotation (CCW) Input
MO
OFF
Introduction
This input functions in the speed control mode on the

standard model and when the OPX-1A control module is
used. When the BRAKE input is ON, motor operation is
enabled. If the CW input is turned ON, acceleration and
operation are performed in the clockwise direction at the rate
set by the acceleration time potentiometer. If it is turned OFF,
the motor decelerates and the operation stops at the rate set
by the deceleration time potentiometer.
Standard Model Input Signals

Clockwise Rotation (CW) Input
Standard Model Output Signals

Alarm (ALM) Output
Motor Control Release (FREE) Input

When the photocoupler is turned ON, the motor excitation is
cancelled and the electromagnetic brake is released. The
FREE input is given the highest priority regardless of the
condition of other inputs. The FREE input functions even
when a protection function is activated.
Brake (BRAKE)/Alarm Clear (ACL) Input

This input functions as the BRAKE input during normal
operation, and as the ACL input when a driver protection is
active.
The photocoupler turns OFF when a driver protection

function is active. When overload, overcurrent or other
abnormality is detected, the alarm signal is output and the
ALARM LED on the driver is blinked and the motor stops
naturally. The electromagnetic brake will be activated. To
reset the alarm signal output, remove the cause of the
problem and ensure the safety of the equipment and load.
Then turn on the ACL input or reconnect the power. When
reconnecting the power, turn off the power and then wait for
at least three seconds before turning it back on.
During Normal Operation (BRAKE Input)

When the BRAKE input is turned ON, motor operation is
enabled. If it is turned OFF, the motor is stopped
instantaneously. To start motor operation, be sure to set the
BRAKE input to ON.
ALARM
ON
ON
OFF
Alarm Actuation Normal Operation

Protection
Function
Normal
Abnormal
Normal
ALARM
ON
OFF
ON
ALARM LED
Unlit
blink
Unlit
ON
CW Input
ON
CCW Input
ON
ON
BRAKE Input
Pulse Signal
(Speed Pattern)
Instantaneous Stop
Rotation
Deceleration
Stop
CW Operation
Motor Behavior
Natural Stop
Note: The alarm output logic is opposite that of other signal outputs (positive logic
output).
CCW Operation
Phase difference (ASG/BSG) Output

Upon Activation of a Protection Function (ACL Input)
The activated protection function is reset and the driver is
restarted. This input is used to reset protection functions
while power is supplied. Note, however, that if the protection
function is for overcurrent, EEPROM data failure, system
failure or encoder failure have been activated, they cannot be
reset. If any of these protection functions have been
activated, call our Technical Support Line or contact your
nearest Oriental Motor representative.
ACL Input
BRAKE Input
ACL Input
BRAKE Input
ON or OFF
ON
ON
Feedback pulses are output from the encoder (500 p/r). This
output is used when monitoring the motor speed and position
by connecting a counter, etc.
ASG
BSG
Rotation in CW Direction
Rotation in CCW Direction
0.5 s or more 0.5 s or more

Driver is
restarted
ALM Output
ON
ON
Turned OFF when ALM signal is output Within 0.5 s
B-28
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
20
40
60
80 100
Dial plate reading
External potentiometer dial plate
reading vs. speed characteristics
Upon Activation of a Protection Function (ALP Output)

If a one shot input (0.1s or more) is given to the rotational
direction or START input, the ALARM LED will blink a
number of times corresponding to the protective function that
has been activated. This blinking pattern will be repeated
every five seconds. This makes it possible for a PLC or other
controller to determine the type of protective function that
has been activated by counting the number of blinks.
Speed (r/min)
2000
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Supplied Signal Line(1 m)
H
M
L
1000
Shield Wire
0
1
2
3
4
5
DC voltage [V]
DC voltage vs. speed characteristics
Note:
When setting speeds using the external potentiometer or via external DC voltage,
be sure to use the supplied signal line (3.3 mm O.D.1 m). Connect the shield
wire for the signal line to terminal L. Ensure proper connection on the external
potentiometer or external DC voltage side so that the shield wire will not contact
with another terminal. The input impedance between terminals M and L is approx.
15 k.
Turned OFF when ALM signal is output
0.1 s or more
ON
CW Input
Max. 0.1 s
ALP Output
ON
Three
Times
0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
ALP output ends
Example: Three outputs (overvoltage protection)
Dimensions B-17
ON
ON
Once
Twice
B-29
AC Motor Systems
US
3000
I/O
0 to 5 VDC
CCW Operation
ES
Driver
BHF
When the motor speed needs to be set using external DC

voltage, connect as follows. In this case, set the M0 terminal
to "Photocoupler ON."
External DC Voltage
Motor Behavior
ON
Shield Wire
AXH
ON
CW Operation
ALM Output
1000
AXU
ON
H
M
L
Speed Setting via External DC Voltage
ON
BUSY Output
Speed (r/min)
3
3
2000

DC Input
AC Input
1
1
ON
BRAKE Input
Driver
I/O
Supplied signal line(1 m)
CCW Input
3000
FBL2
ON
CW Input
External Potentiometer
(included)
(20 k)
BX
During Normal Operation (Busy Output)

Speed control mode: The photocoupler turns ON during
motor operation.
Position control mode: The photocoupler turns ON during
rotation, and turns OFF upon stopping at the set stop
position.
When the motor speed is to be set remotely, connect the

supplied external potentiometer as shown below. When the
external potentiometer is used, set the M0 terminal to
"Photocoupler ON."
Introduction
This output functions as the BUSY output during normal

operation, and as the ALP output when a driver protection
function is active. When the torque-limiting function is set
when the OPX-1A control module is used. This output can
be changed to the TLM output, which indicates that the
torque limit has been reached.
Using the External Potentiometer (included)
Busy (BUSY) [Torque-Limiting (TLM)]/Alarm

Pulse (ALP) Output
OPX-1A Control Module Speed Control Modes

Input/Output signals and operation for speed control when using the OPX-1A control module are as follows:
Input Signals
Clockwise Rotation (CW) Input (same as Standard ModelPage B-27)
Counterclockwise Rotation (CCW) Input (same as Standard Model Page B-27)
Output Signals (same as Standard Model Page B-28)
Operation Data Selection
The M0, M1 and M2 inputs will function. A maximum of eight
different data sets can be selected.
M0
M1
M2
OFF
OFF
OFF
Speed data number in speed control or position control mode

No. 0 (internal potentiometer or digital setting)
ON
OFF
OFF
No. 1 (external analog setting or digital setting)
OFF
ON
OFF
No. 2 (digital setting)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OPX-1A Control Module Position Control Mode

Input/Output signals and operation for position control when using the OPX-1A control module are as follows:
Input Signals
Start (START) Input
Continuous Operation
This input functions in the position control mode when the

OPX-1A control module is used. It starts the positioning,
continuous, return to mechanical home or return to electrical
home operations. Operation will start when the START input
is turned ON after selecting the operation data via the
combination of M0, M1 and M2 inputs.
Data No. 0, 1: Positioning operation data / Continuous
operation data
Data No. 2 to 5: Positioning operation data
Data No. 6: Return to electrical home operation
Data No. 7: Return to mechanical home operation
START Input
10 ms or more
No. confirmation
M0M2 Input
0.5 ms or more
BUSY Input
OFF
ON

Speed
Acceleration Time
Deceleration Time
When the digital independent torque-limit function is set, the data numbers will
be reflected as necessary even during an index operation.
10 ms or more
ON
START Input
10 ms or more 3
10 ms or more 2
BRAKE Input 1
ON
10 ms or more
Positioning Operation
M0M2 Input
OFF
Data No. Confirmation
Data No. Confirmation
ON
5 ms or more
BUSY Output
ON
1 The motor stops when the BRAKE input is turned OFF. Before starting motor
operation, be sure to turn the BRAKE input to ON.
2 Input the operation data confirmation signal at least 10 ms before the input of
START signal.
3 When confirming the data number for the next travel amount following input of
the START signal, input the confirmation signal at least 10 ms after the input of
that signal.
B-30
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Mechanical Home Sensor (HOME-LS) Input
The M0, M1 and M2 inputs will function. The particular

combination of these inputs selects travel amount data
during positioning or continuous operation, as well as the
return to mechanical or electrical home operation. The speed
follows the settings in the table below.
The HOME-LS input functions in the position control mode

when the OPX-1A control module is used. It is used during
the return to mechanical home operation.
Travel amount data number in position control mode
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
No. 2 (digital setting) Positioning operation 2
ON
ON
OFF
No. 0 (digital setting) Positioning operation 0 /

Continuous operation 0
No. 1 (digital setting) Positioning operation 1 /
Continuous operation 1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Return to electrical home operation
ON
ON
ON
Return to mechanical home operation
Mechanical home detection method: 1-sensor mode (contact B input)

Starting direction of home detection: May be set as CW or CCW
Speed Input in data No. 7:
No slow-start/slowdown time is set.
Detection
FBL2
OFF
The mechanical home sensor (HOME-LS input) installed on

the equipment is detected with the motor operated in the set
detection start direction. Upon detection of the home sensor,
the motor reverses its direction and stops at a position just
outside the range of the home sensor.
AXU
No. 0 and No. 1 allow the switching of positioning operation and continuous
operation.
Sensor non-detection
US
Output Signals (same as Standard ModelPage B-28)
ES
Note:
Install the home sensor (HOME-LS) before the stroke-end sensor on the detection
starting side.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Dimensions B-17
B-31
AC Motor Systems
Sensor
Detection
BHF
Mechanical
Stroke End
(1) Sensor detection operation

(2) Move outside the sensor range
and set the position as home.
Mechanical
Stroke End
ON
AXH
HOME-LS

DC Input
AC Input
M2
BX
M1
Introduction
M0
Return to Mechanical Home Operation
Operation Data Selection (M0, M1, M2) Inputs
Torque-Limiting Function When Using the OPX-1A Control Module

The BX Series permits the setting of a motor output torque limit when the OPX-1A control module is used in both the speed
control mode and position control mode. The torque limit is set relative to the peak torque being 100 percent. When torque needs
to be limited continuously during push-motion operation or gravitational operation, set the limit to 50 percent or less. Calculate
the output torque for the pre-assembled gearmotor based on the applicable speed and torque, using the speed vs. torque limit
characteristics graphs and formulas shown below.
Gearhead output shaft speed NGMotor speed1 / Gearhead ratio
Gearhead output shaft torque TGMotor torqueGearhead ratio0.9 (coefficient)
Speed Torque Limit Characteristics (Reference Values)

BX230-A/BX230-
BX230M-A/BX230M-
BX460-A/BX460-
BX460M-A/BX460M-
0.6
0.3
80
40
0.05
0
100
40%
30%
20%
10%
1000
100%
90%
80%
70%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
60%
50%
Rated Torque
20%
10%
0.1
20%
10%
2000
Speed [r/min]
100%
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
90%
80%
100
70%
60%
90%
3000
40%
30%
20%
10%
100
BX6400S-A
BX6400SM-A
100%
Peak Torque
90%
60%
50%
60%
50%
40%
40%
30%
20%
30%
20%
20%
10%
10%
10%
Rated Torque
2000
Speed [r/min]
1.5
40%
30%
300
70%
60%
50%
100
40%
30%
20%
20%
30%
20%
10%
10%
10%
100
50%
40%
10%
1000
200
80%
80%
70%
60%
50%
60%
50%
40%
30%
40%
30%
20%
10%
20%
10%
1000
Rated Torque
2000
Speed [r/min]
1.5
1
100
60%
60%
50%
40%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
30%
20%
10%
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
Rated Torque
2000
Speed [r/min]
40%
30%
20%
10%
3000
100
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
20%
30%
20%
10%
Peak Torque
Rated Torque
2000
Speed [r/min]
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
3000
Combination type
300
200
100%
100%
90%
90%
80%
70%
100%
90%
80%
70%
80%
60%
150
70%
100
60%
40%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
30%
50
3000
1000
100%
90%
350
0.5
0
70%
70%
250
Peak Torque
100%
90%
80%
150
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
70%
90%
BX6400S-
BX6400SM-
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
60%
200
80%
80%
70%
100%
50
Torque [Nm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
400
100
Peak Torque
90%
300
100%
100%
90%
80%
30%
20%
10%
0.5
3000
Round Shaft
90%
50%
40%
100%
90%
350
2.5
30
250
4
500
60%
2
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
80%
70%
1000
40
100%
BX6200-A/BX6200-
BX6200M-A/BX6200M-
80%
70%
50%
50
0.2
0
100%
80%
70%
10
Torque [Nm]
150
50
20
2.5
0.4
0.2
40%
1.2
0.6
0.3
30%
BX5120-A/BX5120-
BX5120M-A/BX5120M-
0.8
0.4
90%
60
Torque [oz-in]
40%
30%
20%
10%
10
70%
60%
50%
90%
80%
100%
70
Torque [oz-in]
0.1
20
80%
0.5
Peak Torque
Torque [oz-in]
0.15
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
100%
90%
100%
Torque [Nm]
0.2
100%
30
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
0.25
100
50%
20%
10%
1000
60%
50%
50%
40%
Peak Torque
Rated Torque
30%
20%
10%
2000
Speed [r/min]
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
3000
Note:
An error of up to approximately 20 percent may occur between the set value and generated torque due to the speed setting, power-supply voltage and distance of motor cable
extension. Repeatability under the same condition is approximately 10 percent. We recommend that the torque limit be set to approximately 20 percent or more.
B-32
Features B-10
Specifications B-12
Standard Round Shaft Type
Standard Combination Type

Model
BX230A-
BX230C-
BX460A-
BX460C-
BX5120C-
BX6200A-
BX6200C-
BXM230-GFH2
BXM460-GFH2
BXM5120-GFH2
GFH2G
GFH4G
GFH5G
BXM6200-GH
6GHK
BXM6400-GH
6GHK
Driver Model
BXD30A-A
BX230A-A
BXD30A-C
BX230C-A
BXD60A-A
BX460A-A
BXD60A-C
BX460C-A
BXD120A-A
BX5120A-A
BXD120A-C
BX5120C-A
BXD200A-A
BX6200A-A
BXD200A-C
BX6200C-A
BXD400B-S
BX6400S-A
Model
Driver Model
BXD30A-A
Motor Model
BXM230-A2
BXD30A-C
BXD60A-A
BXM460-A2
BXD60A-C
BXD120A-A
BXM5120-A2
BXD120A-C
BXD200A-A
BXM6200-A
BXD200A-C
BXM6400-A
BXD400A-S
BX
BX6400S-
Gearhead Model
Introduction
BX5120A-
Motor Model
Combinations of Gearhead, Motor and Driver
BX230CM-
BX460AM-
BX5120AM-
BX5120CM-
BX6400SM-
BXM460M-GFH2
BXM5120M-GFH2
GFH2G
GFH4G
GFH5G
BXM6200M-GH
6GHK
BXM6400M-GH
6GHK
Motor Model
BX230AM-A
BXD30A-C
BX230CM-A
BXD60A-A
BX460AM-A
BXD60A-C
BX460CM-A
BXD120A-A
BX5120AM-A
BXD120A-C
BX5120CM-A
BXD200A-A
BX6200AM-A
BXD200A-C
BX6200CM-A
BXD400B-S
BX6400SM-A
Driver Model
BXD30A-A
BXM230M-A2
BXD30A-C
BXD60A-A
BXM460M-A2
BXD60A-C
BXD120A-A
BXM5120M-A2
BXD120A-C
BXD200A-A
BXM6200M-A
BXD200A-C
BXD400A-S
BXM6400M-A
ES
Enter gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
For Encoder
Encoder Side
AWG 18 White
(4.2 0.3
0 )
AWG 22 White
0.1650.012
0
(4.20.3
0 )
0.87
(22.2)
0.96
(24.3)
1.18
(30)
11.8 (300)
0.24
(6)
0.57
(14.5)
0.46
(11.6)
0.47
(12)
7.17 (182)
6.50 (165)
5.91 (150)
0.04
(1) 0.79
(20)
Motor Side
0.1650.012
0
0.54
(13.8)
0.63
(16)
CC-SBF: 0.31 (8)

CC-SBR: 0.35 (9)
Driver Side
EPRC-400P, RGB100
Weight: 0.55 lb. (0.25 kg)
d C194
1.65 (42)
1.10 (28)
0.47
(12)
0.87
(22)
0.57
(14.5)
0.46
(11.6)
Regeneration Unit
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Extension Cable / Flexible Extension Cable

For Motor
US
Accessories (Sold Separately)
CC-SBF: 0.31 (8)

CC-SBR: 0.39 (10) Driver Side
R:150
302F (150C) (NC)
: AWG 18x2
Connect to RG Terminal
: AWG 22x2
Thermal Protector
EPRC-400P 400
Extension Cable
Flexible Extension Cable
Regeneration Unit
Model
Length
ft. (m)
Model
Length
ft. (m)
Model
CC01SBF
3.3 (1)
CC01SBR
3.3 (1)
EPRC-400P
CC02SBF
6.6 (2)
CC02SBR
6.6 (2)
CC03SBF
9.8 (3)
CC03SBR
9.8 (3)
CC05SBF
16.4 (5)
CC05SBR
16.4 (5)
CC07SBF
23.0 (7)
CC07SBR
23.0 (7)
CC10SBF
32.8 (10)
CC10SBR
32.8 (10)
CC15SBF
49.2 (15)
CC15SBR
49.2 (15)
CC20SBF
65.6 (20)
CC20SBR
65.6 (20)
Applicable Product
BX230 (30 W)
BX460 (60 W)
BX5120 (120 W)
RGB100
BX6200 (200 W)
BX6400 (400 W)
Both extension cable and flexible cable are combined with cables for motor and encoder.
Dimensions B-17
B-33
AC Motor Systems
BX6200CM-
BXM230M-GFH2
Model
Driver Model
BXD30A-A
BHF
BX6200AM-
Gearhead Model
AXH
BX460CM-
Motor Model
AXU
Model
BX230AM-
FBL2
Round Shaft with Electromagnetic Brake
Combination Type with Electromagnetic Brake

DC Input
AC Input
Enter gear ratio in the box () within the model name.
FBL2 Series
The FBL2 Series consists of a high performance, compact,
brushless DC motor and driver. This product is available with
75 W (1/10 HP) and 120 W (1/6 HP) output power.
For easy installation, the combination type (pre-assembled
gearmotors) comes with the motor and gearhead already
assembled.
Combination Type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors)
The combination type (pre-assembled gearmotors) come with the
motor and its dedicated gearhead already assembled. This simplifies
installation in equipment. Motors and gearheads are also available
separately so they can be on hand to make changes or repair.
Features
Compact and High Power
Wide Range of Speed Control
The use of brushless DC motor greatly reduces the total

motor length while achieving high power. The FBL2 outputs
a high power of 120 W (1/6 HP) with a frame size of 3.54 in.
sq. (90 mm sq.) and a total length of 3.15 in. (80 mm),
allowing to easily downsize applications.
In addition to offering a wide speed control range from 300

r/min to 3000 r/min, the motor generates constant torque
across the entire speed range.
Acceleration and Deceleration Function

The driver is provided with an acceleration/deceleration
function which makes it possible to smoothly start and stop
the motor.
3.54 in.
( 90 mm)
Output
Power
120 W (1/6 HP)
High Strength Gearheads
3.15 in. (80 mm)
Pre-assembled gearmotors use specifically designed high

strength GFB gearheads, providing torque of up to 260 lb-in
(30 Nm).
FBL5120
Excellent Speed Stability

The FBL@ Series offers excellent speed fluctuation
characteristics. Speed fluctuation is only minimally affected
by the load.
Speed regulation: with load 1% maximum,
with voltage 1% maximum,
with temperature 1% maximum
Safety Standards and CE Marking

Standards
UL1004
CSA C22.2 No.100
Motor
EN60950
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
UL508C
Driver
CSA C22.2 No.14
EN60950
Certification Body
Standards File No.
UL
E62327
DEMKO
124888
Conform to EN/IEC Standards

UL
E171462
DEMKO
131974
CE Marking
Low Voltage Directives
The three-phase 200-230 VAC type conforms to EN standards.

Details of Safety StandardsPage G-2
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names in the motor and driver nameplates are the approved
model names.
List of Motor and Driver Combinations Page B-43
B-34
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Driver
AC
Power Supply
FBL2 Series
2 Required when the

drivers built-in power
supply is not used.
(Not Supplied)
BHF
ES
The system configuration shown is an example. Other configurations are available.

US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Product Number Code
FBL 5 75 A W - 5
Number: Gear Ratio
A: Round Shaft Type
W: Meets Safety Standards

Voltage A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC
C: Single-Phase 200-230 VAC
Output Power 75: 75 W (1/10 HP)
120: 120 W (1/6 HP)
Series Motor Frame Size 5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.)
FBL : FBL2Series
Product Line
Combination Type
Output Power
HP
W
Round Shaft Type

Model
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC FBL575AW-

1/10
75
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL575CW-

Three-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL575SW-
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC FBL5120AW-
1/6
120
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL5120CW-

Three-Phase 200-230 VAC FBL5120SW-
Gear Ratio
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 50, 100, 200
Output Power
HP
W
1/10
75
1/6
120
Model

FBL575AW-A
FBL575CW-A
FBL575SW-A
FBL5120AW-A
FBL5120CW-A
FBL5120SW-A
Dimensions B-38
B-35
AC Motor Systems
1 A flexible extension cable is available for

FBL@ Series. It is most suitable for uses
where the cable is bent, twisted or
rotated. (Page B-44)
(Not Supplied)
AXH
24 VDC
Power Supply2
AXU
External
Speed
Potentiometer
(Included)
FBL2
Programmable (Not Supplied)

Controller

DC Input
AC Input
Extension Cables1 (Accessories)

(Page B-44)

(Accessories)
(Page A-217)
BX
Combination Type
(Pre-assembled Gearmotor)
Motor Speed Indicator (Accessories)

Not a standard certified product
(Page A-214)
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
Introduction
Mounting Brackets
(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
RrDC
Specifications
Model
Combination Type
FBL575AW-
FBL575CW-
FBL575SW-
FBL5120AW- FBL5120CW- FBL5120SW-
Round Shaft Type
FBL575AW-A
FBL575CW-A
FBL575SW-A
FBL5120AW-A FBL5120CW-A FBL5120SW-A
HP (W)
Rated Output Power
Single-Phase
Voltage
Power Source
1/10 (75)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
1/6 (120)
Single-Phase
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Rated Input Current
2.3
1.4
0.75
3.0
1.8
1.0
2.6
2.0
1.2
3.8
2.7
1.6
Rated Torque
oz-in (Nm)
35
(0.25)
56
(0.4)
Starting Torque
oz-in (Nm)
45
(0.32)
71
(0.5)
Permissible Load Inertial J oz-in2 (10-4 kgm2)
20
(3.75)
30
(5.6)
r/min
Rated Speed
3000
r/min
3003000
1% Max. (0rated torque, at 3000 r/min)
Load
1% Max. (Power supply voltage 10%, at 3000 r/min with no load)
Speed Regulation Voltage
1% Max. [32F122F (0C50C) at 3000 r/min with no load]
Temperature
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for round shaft type. Permissible Load Inertia for Combination Type Page B-37
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with the model name.
The values for each item is for the motor only.
Item
Specifications
0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min)
Any one of the following methods

1. By built-in potentiometer (1 piece) 2. By external potentiometer (20 k 1/4 W) 3. By DC voltage control (05 VDC)
Photocoupler Input
Input Signal
Input Impedance 4.8 k 24 VDC10%

Common to EXT. VR., CW, CCW, SLOW DOWN
Output Signal
Open Collector Output External Use Condition 26.4VDC, 10 mA Max.

Common to SPEED OUT, ALARM OUT
When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop:
Overload Protection: Activated within approximately 5 seconds of the motor load exceeding rated torque.
Protection Functions1
Overheat Protection: Activated when the temperature of the heat sink inside driver exceeds approximately 194F (90C).
Overvoltage Protection: Activated when driving a load exceeding the permissible load inertia, or when motor speed is increased due to gravitational forces.
Undervoltage Protection: Activated when an input voltage to the driver is less than the specified voltage (10%).
Out-of-phase Protection: Activated when the sensor wire inside the motor cable is disconnected.
Motor Insulation Class2
Class E [248F (120C)]
Rating
Continuous
1 With the FBL2 Series, motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motor's shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations. Also, to prevent
damage to the driver during lowering operations, if the primary voltage of the driver's inverter exceeds the permissible value, the protection circuit engages and the motor
comes to a natural stop.
2 Motor insulation is recognized as Class A [221F (105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
Item
Dielectric Strength
Motor
Driver
100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the
100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the power supply input
windings and the frame under normal ambient temperature and
terminal and the Protective Earth terminal, between the power supply input terminal
humidity.
and I/O terminal after continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and humidity.
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz applied between the windings
Sufficient to withstand 1.8 kV (3 kV) at 50 Hz applied between the
and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal
power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal
ambient temperature and humidity.
(I/O terminal) for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal

Operating
32F122F (0C50C) (nonfreezing)
Ambient Temperature
Environmental Ambient Humidity

Conditions
Atmosphere
Degree of Protection
B-36
85% maximum (noncondensing)

IP40
IP10
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: N.m
60600
30300
20200
15150
10100
660
330
1.515
10
15
20
30
50
100
200
FBL575AW-
9.7
20
30
39
57
95
190
260
FBL575CW-
1.1
2.3
3.4
4.5
6.5
10.8
21.5
30
Speed Range r/min
Model
Gear Ratio
FBL575SW-
FBL5120AW-
FBL5120SW-
15.9
31
47
63
91
152
260
260
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
10.3
17.2
30
30
BX
67
300
90
400
1020
90
400
112
500
30200
112
500
146
650
33
150
AXH
AXU
FBL575AW-
FBL575CW-
FBL575SW-
FBL5120AW-
FBL5120CW-
FBL5120SW-
FBL2
Permissible Overhung Load

Gear Ratio 0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20mm) from shaft end
lb.
N
lb.
N
lb.
N
BHF
Round Shaft Type
29
130
33
150
FBL5120AW-A
FBL5120CW-A
FBL5120SW-A
36
160
38
170
ES
FBL575AW-A
FBL575CW-A
FBL575SW-A
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible.

If thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.
Permissible Load Inertia J for Combination Type
Unit Upper values: oz-in2 /Lower values: 10-4 kgm2
10
15
20
30
50
100
200
FBL575SW-
137
550
1230
2200
4900
13700
13700
13700
FBL5120AW-
25
100
225
400
900
2500
2500
2500
Model
FBL575AW-
Gear Ratio
FBL575CW-
FBL5120CW-
FBL5120SW-
Speed Torque Characteristics
(The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only.)
FBL5120AW-/FBL5120CW-/FBL5120SW-
FBL575AW-A/FBL575CW-A/FBL575SW-A
FBL5120AW-A/FBL5120CW-A/FBL5120SW-A
Starting Torque
0.4
[oz-in]
FBL575AW-/FBL575CW-/FBL575SW-
[Nm]
This region is used primarily when accelerating. When a load

that exceeds the rated torque is applied continuously for
approximately 5 seconds, overload protection is activated and
the motor comes to stop.
[oz-in]
Limited Duty Region
Continuous operation is possible in this region.
[Nm]
0.5
70
50
0.2
0.4
Limited Duty Region
40
0.3
0.2
20
0.1
Rated Torque
30
0.1
Dimensions B-38
2000
1000
Speed [r/min]
Rated Torque
40
30
20
10
0 300
Limited Duty Region
60
50
Torque
Torque
0.3
Starting Torque
3000
10
0
0 300
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
B-37
AC Motor Systems

0.39 in. (10mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end
lb.
N
lb.
N
Model

DC Input
AC Input
Combination Type
Model
Introduction
FBL5120CW-
Gearmotor Torque Table
Motor/Gearhead
FBL575AW-A, FBL575CW-A, FBL575SW-A (Round Shaft Type)
Motor: FBLM575W-A
d A206
FBL575AW-, FBL575CW-, FBL575SW- (Combination Type)

Motor: FBLM575W-GFB
Gearhead: GFB5G
Weight: 6.6 lb. (3.0 kg) included gearhead
d A204A (GFB5G520)
A204B (GFB5G30100)
A204C (GFB5G200)
0.55
(14)
1.30
(33)
1.18
(30)
1.06
(27)
1.30
(33)
Housing: 555712R (MOLEX)

Cable 0.31 (8),
Key and Key Slot (Scale 1/2)
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes

.02
90
4.0 40.5)
0
1

(
1.06
(27)
Cable 0.31 (8),
0.1380.004
0
(3.50.1
0 )
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
(The key is provided with the gearhead.)
GFB5G520: L = 1.77 (45)

GFB5G30100: L = 2.28 (58)
GFB5G200: L = 2.52 (64)
3.54 (90)
0
(830.035
)
0.02

4.09 0.5)
4
(10
1.57
(40)
0.55
(14)
2.24 (57) 1.46 (37)

0.39 (10)
0.08
(2)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
0
3.26770.0014
3.54 (90)
0
0
0.39370.0006
(100.015
)
L
1.65 (42)
0.20 (5)
0.98
(25)
2.24 (57)
0.39 (10)
0.35 (9)
0.70870.0007 (180.018)
0.71 (18)
0.23620.0016
0
(60.040
0 )
Motor/Gearhead
FBL5120AW-A, FBL5120CW-A, FBL5120SW-A (Round Shaft Type)
Motor: FBLM5120W-A
d A207
1.30
(33)
0.02
1.18
(30)

4.09 0.5)
4
(10
1.06
(27)
3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
.02
90
4.0 40.5)
0
1

(
0
(830.035
)
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)
0
3.26770.0014
3.15 (80)
0.39 (10)
0
0
0.47240.0007
(120.018
)
3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes
0.43(11)
L
1.65 (42)
0.20(5)
0.98
(25)
0.55
(14)
0.55
(14)
3.15 (80)
0.39(10)
0.70870.0007 (180.018)
0.71 (18)
1.57
(40)
FBL5120AW-, FBL5120CW-, FBL5120SW- (Combination Type)

Motor: FBLM5120W-GFB
Gearhead: GFB5G
Weight: 8.8 lb. (4.0 kg) included gearhead
d A205A (GFB5G520)
A205B (GFB5G30100)
A205C (GFB5G200)
1.30
(33)

Cable 0.31 (8),
1.06
(27)
Cable 0.31 (8),
0.9840.008
(250.2)
B-38
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
0.23620.0016
0
(60.040
0 )
Features B-34
0.1380.004
0
(3.50.1
0 )

GFB5G520: L = 1.77 (45)
GFB5G30100: L = 2.28 (58)
GFB5G200: L = 2.52 (64)
Specifications B-36
Driver
FBLD75AW, FBLD75CW, FBLD75SW, FBLD120AW, FBLD120CW, FBLD120SW
d A283
0.35 (9)
0.35 (9)
0.91 (23)
0.67 max. (17)
4.72 (120)
1.77 (45)
0.39 (10)
0.39 (10)
0.98 (25)
0.30 (7.62) Pitch

5.91 (150)
0.30 (7.62) Pitch

0.25 (6.32)
3.50 (89)
5.28 (134)
M4
M312 Places
M34 Places
0.79
(20)
0.12 (3)
0.98
(25)
0.39
(10)
0.14 (3.5) 4 Places Countersink
0.79
(20)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
1.77 (45)
1.38 (35)
US
0.39 (10)
0.18 (4.5)
0.39 (10)
0.18 (4.5)
0.79 (20)
0.14 (3.5)
2 Places Countersink
0.39
(10)
ES
1.77 (45)
0.98 0.39 (10)
(25)
0.98 (25)
7.87 (200)
5.28 (134)
External Speed Potentiometer (included) (Scale 1/2)

PAVR-20KZ
1.18 min. (30)
0.59 (15)
Potentiometer
Insulated sheet
1.57 (40)
t=0.02 (0.5)
Dimensions B-38
Knob
Dial plate
1.57 (40)
t=0.02 (0.5)
1.57 (40)
0.30 (7.5)
0.49
(12.5)
1.57 (40)
(20)
0.79
M4 P0.7 0.24 (6)

(Screw)
0.12
(3)
0.79
(20)
0.11 (2.8)
0.37 (9.5)
0.12 0.008 0.370.008

(9.50.2)
(3 0.2)
Insulated sheet
B-39
AC Motor Systems
0.39 (10)
1.22 (31)
1.77 (45)
BHF
0.79 (20)
Driver Back Mounting Tab (included)
AXH
Driver Base Mounting Bracket Tab

(1 set of 2 pieces included)
AXU
0.98
(25)

DC Input
AC Input
2.32 (59)
FBL2
0.39 (10)
Metric Tap M3 P0.5

2 Places
BX
0.98
(25)
Introduction
0.25 (6.32)
0.24
(6)
Metric Tap M3 P0.5

7 Places

Built-in Potentiometer
Display Function
SPEED Built-in Speed Potentiometer
Potentiometer for
SS
Acceleration Time
0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min)
SD
Potentiometer for
Deceleration Time
0.515 sec. (at 3000 r/min)
LED Display
Display Function
Lighting Condition
Power
POWER Indicator Lights when the power is ON.
When a load exceeding the rated torque is
applied to the motor for 5 seconds or more.
When the temperature of the heat sink
inside driver exceeds approximately 194F
(90C).
Alarm
When the motor is driving a load inertia
ALARM
Indicator
exceeding the permissible load inertia, or
when the motor shaft is turned by the load
(during lowering operations).
When an input voltage to the driver is less
than the specified voltage (10%).
When the sensor wire inside the motor cable
is disconnected.
For Motor Connector
Display
EXT.
INT.
I/O Power Supply Switch

Function and Operation
When controlling from a programmable controller or
other external power supply. (Factory setting)
When controlling with a relay or switch.
(Driver built-in power supply)
When the switch is set to EXT., the input circuit is insulated by the
photocoupler. However when the switch is set to INT., the input
circuit is not insulated, so the system will not work, even if an input
signal is input, unless GND is connected to a controller.
Power Supply Terminal Block
Display
INPUT COM
EXT. VR.
CW
CCW
SLOW DOWN
N.C.
H
M
L
GND
SPEED OUT
ALARM OUT
B-40
Features B-34
Input/Output Signal Terminal Block

Signal
External power supply 24 VDC
Power Supply for
A connection is not necessary
Input Signals
when using the driver's built-in
power supply.
Speed Potentiometer Input signal for selecting built-in
or external speed potentiometer.
Selection Input
Input signal for selecting CW
CW Rotation Input rotation/stop.
Input signal for selecting CCW
CCW Rotation Input
rotation/stop.
Input terminal for decelerating
Deceleration Input
the motor to a stop.
Not used.
Used when controlling the speed
Speed Control Input by an external potentiometer or
DC voltage.
Common ground terminal for
Ground
input/output signals.
Used when monitoring the rate
Speed Signal Output
of rotation; 12 pulses are output
(Open-Collector Output) for each motor rotation.
This signal is output when a
protection function is activated.
Alarm Signal Output The ALARM LED lights and the
(Open-Collector Output) motor comes to a stop. To reset,
turn off the power for 5 seconds,
then turn the power on again.
Specifications B-36
Connection Diagrams
FBL575AW, FBL575CW,
FBL575SW, FBL5120SW
FBL5120AW, FBL5120CW
Driver
Driver
ALARM
S.D.
EXT.-INT.
INPUT 1
COM
EXT.VR. 2
Ground
ALARM 12
OUT
Alarm Signal Output
FG
EXT.-INT.
INPUT
COM 1
EXT.VR. 2
Speed
Potentiometer ON:

Selection Input OFF: Internal Potentiometer
ON: CW Rotation
CW Signal Input OFF: Stop

CW 3
Motor cable w/connector

20 inch 500 mm
CCW Rotation
CCW Signal Input ON:
OFF: Stop
Slow Down
ON: Slow Down
OFF: Normal
Signal Input
CCW 4
SLOW 5
DOWN
N.C. 6
3
2
M8
Three-phase
200-230 VAC10%
50/60 Hz
Speed Signal Output
Speed Potentiometer
20 k 1/4 W
(included)
L1
L 9
L2
GND 10
SPEED 11
OUT
Ground
ALARM 12
OUT
Alarm Signal Output
L3
FG
Speed Signal Output
BHF
ES
Terminals
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
0.13 inch min.

(3.2 mm)
0.13 inch (3.2 mm) min.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.24 inch (6.2 mm) max.
U-Shape Terminal with Insulation
Signal Input Timing Chart

Run/SpeedInput Signal Signal Select/Stop
Input
Run/ Change Direction/

Quick Reverse
Brake
Acceleration/
Deceleration
Brake
ON
OFF
ON
CCW
OFF
ON
SLOW DOWN OFF
CW
EXT.VR.
ON
OFF
CW
Motor
CW
US
Round Terminal with Insulation
CW
CW
CW
CCW
CW
All operations of run, stop, direction change, deceleration and instantaneous

stop can be controlled by the input signals of CW, CCW and SLOW DOWN.
If the CW input is set to ON, the motor rotates in a clockwise direction as viewed
from the shaft end of the motor; if the CW input is set to OFF, the motor stops. If
the CCW input is set to ON, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction
as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CCW input is set to OFF, the
motor stops. If both of the CW and CCW input are set to ON, the motor rotates
in the clockwise direction. The acceleration time is set by the built-in
acceleration potentiometer (S.S.).
If the SLOW DOWN input is set to ON, the deceleration time is the value set by
the built-in deceleration potentiometer (S.D.); if this input is set to OFF, the
motor stops instantaneously.
If the EXT. VR. input is set to ON, the external speed potentiometer or external
DC voltage can be selected; if this input is set to OFF, the built-in speed
potentiometer is selected.
Notes:
Pay attention to the temperature rise of the motor when used in applications requiring short cycles or bi-directional operation.
Operate the motor so that the temperature of the motor case remains below 194F (90C) and the temperature of the driver remains below 176F (80C). If the temperature of the
heat sink in the driver exceeds 194F (90C), the overheat performing protection activates and stops the motor.
Precautions should be taken to ensure that while lowering the load or other operations in which the load exerts a rotational force on the motor shaft, the inverter's primary voltage
does not exceed permissible levels, which could damage the driver.
Dimensions B-38
B-41
AC Motor Systems
Motor cable should be no more than 34.4 feet (10.5 m) in length. The motor comes with 20 inch (500 mm) long connector-equipped cable which can be extended by using an
accessory extension cable (sold separately).
There are six different length extension cables. Also there are flexible extension cables.
[Length: 3.3 ft. (1 m), 6.6 ft. (2 m), 9.8 ft. (3 m), 16.8 ft. (5 m), 23 ft. (7 m), 32.8 ft. (10 m)]
Extension Cables Page B-44
Signal wires and motor wires should be kept away from equipment, power cables and other sources of magnetic noise.
AXH
Protective Earth (P.E.)

Cross sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2 min.)
Protective Earth (P.E.)

Cross sectional area: AWG18 (0.75 mm2 min.)
AXU
L 9
GND 10
SPEED 11
OUT
S.D.
24V
Connection is not necessary
power supply.

DC Input
AC Input
ALARM
H 7
Speed Potentiometer
20 k 1/4 W
included
POWER
S.S.
FBL2
3
2
H 7
M8
N.C
CCW Signal Input ON: CCW Rotation

OFF: Stop
Slow Down
Slow Down
ON:

OFF: Normal
Signal Input
CCW 4
SLOW 5
DOWN
N.C. 6
SPEED
BX
Single-phase
100-115 VAC10%
50/60 Hz
Single-phase
200-230 VAC10%
50/60 Hz
Speed
Potentiometer ON: External Potentiometer
Selection Input OFF: Internal Potentiometer
ON: CW Rotation
CW Signal Input OFF: Stop

CW 3
Motor cable w/connector

20 inch 500 mm
Motor
24V
Connection is not necessary
power supply.
MOTOR
POWER
S.S.
Introduction
SPEED
MOTOR
Motor
Input Signal Circuit

Input Circuit
Output Signal Circuit

Output Circuit
Common to EXT.VR., CW, CCW, SLOW DOWN
Common to SPEED OUT and ALARM OUT

Driver
Internal circuit
INT. I/O power supply switch (Front panel)

INPUT COM
INPUT
External use
OUTPUT condition
26.4 VDC max.
10 mA max.
GND
EXT.
4.8 k
Reinforced insulation
photocoupler
GND
Reinforced insulation
photocoupler
Connection Example for Input Signals

Control by Small Capacity Relays
Connection Example for Output Signals
Flip the I/O power supply switch to "INT.".

Driver
Driver
EXT.VR.
CW
CCW
SLOW DOWN
ON
OFF: Internal
ON: External
OFF: Stop
ON: CW Rotation
OFF: Stop
ON: CCW Rotation
OFF: Brake
ON: Slow down
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Vcc User's controller
ALARM OUT
SPEED OUT
GND
R
GND
Control by Transistor Output Type PLC
Note:
Since the signal output is an "Open Collector" output, an external power supply
(Vcc) is necessary. For the external power supply, use 26.4 VDC or less and
connect a limit resistance (R) not exceeding 10 mA. This connection is not
necessary when the speed output or the alarm output functions are not used.
Flip the I/O power supply switch to EXT. position (factory

setting).
Speed signal output: Output at a rate of 12 pulses per motor
Use a small capacity contact point type relay capable of switching 24 VDC, 0.5
mA.
User's
Controller
24 V
Transistor
GND
rotation.
Driver
INPUT
COM
INPUT
Motor speed
EXT.VR.
CW
CCW
SLOW DOWN
Speed output cycle rate [Hz]

12
60 [r/min]
Alarm signal output: Output when the protection function for

overload, overheat, overvoltage, under voltage
GND
or out-of-phase has been activated. When

output, the current flows between ALARM
Precautions to observe when using a controller with an

internal clamp diode: When using a controller with an internal
clamp diode, be sure to set the I/O power supply switch on
the front panel to the EXT. (external DC power supply)
position. If the I/O power supply switch is in the INT. (built-in
power supply) position, the current will flow as indicated by
the arrows in the diagram, thereby causing the motor to run
abnormally.
Driver
Controller
Clamp
Diode
To check the motor speed visually, connect a speed indicator SDM496

(sold separately). See page A-214 for more information.
INT.
INPUT
COM
INPUT
24V
OUT and GND terminal.
EXT.
2.4 k
Transistor
GND
B-42
Features B-34
Specifications B-36
Motor speed is adjusted by using the built-in potentiometer located on the front panel. The built-in potentiometer is selected when
the EXT. VR. input has been set to OFF.
Speed Control by External DC Voltage
To control the speed of the motor with an external

potentiometer, connect the external potentiometer provided
with the motor as follows. The EXT. VR. input should be set
to ON.
To control the speed of the motor by DC voltage, connect the

DC power supply as follows. The EXT. VR input should be
set to ON.
M
L
GND
2 3
M
Signal Wire 3.3 feet (1 m)

- provided
L
Shielded Wire
10
11 SPEED OUT
GND
Signal Wire 3.3 feet (1 m)

provided
Shielded Wire
11 SPEED OUT
AXH
12 ALARM OUT
12 ALARM OUT
BHF
3000
1000
2000
1000
US
20
40
60
Dial Plate Value
80
100
2
3
4
DC Voltage
VDC
DC voltagespeed characteristics
(Representative Values)
External speed potentiometer dial scalespeed characteristics

Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Notes:
Signal wires provided should be used. (0.13 in. dia. 3.3 ft. length)
The shielded wire of the signal line should be connected to the GND terminal. Also ensure that the shielded wire does not come into contact with other terminals on the
external potentiometer or DC voltage source.
Do not allow the voltage to exceed 5V, and be sure that there are no errors in polarity when making the connections.
List of Motor and Driver Combinations

Model name for motor, driver and gearhead combinations are shown below.
Combination Type
Output Power
HP
1/10
75
1/6
120
Model
FBL575AW-
FBL575CW-
FBL575SW-
FBL5120AW-
FBL5120CW-
FBL5120SW-
Motor Model
Gearhead Model
Driver Model
GFB5G
FBLD75AW
FBLD75CW
FBLD75SW
FBLD120AW
FBLD120CW
FBLD120SW
FBLM575W-GFB
FBLM5120W-GFB
Round Shaft Type

Output Power
HP
W
1/10
75
1/6
120
Dimensions B-38
Model
FBL575AW-A
FBL575CW-A
FBL575SW-A
FBL5120AW-A
FBL5120CW-A
FBL5120SW-A
Motor Model
FBLM575W-A
FBLM5120W-A
Driver Model
FBLD75AW
FBLD75CW
FBLD75SW
FBLD120AW
FBLD120CW
FBLD120SW
B-43
AC Motor Systems
2000
ES
Speed
r/min
3000
Speed
r/min
05 VDC
1 mA min.

N.C.
AXU
H
External DC Power Supply
FBL2
10
N.C.
I/O

DC Input
AC Input
Driver
High Speed
BX
Driver
I/O
Introduction
Speed Control by External Potentiometer
Method of Speed Setting

Speed Control by Built-in Potentiometer
Accessories (Sold separately)

Extension Cable
Model
Length: L [ft. (m)]
CC01FBL
3.3 (1)
CC02FBL
6.6 (2)
CC03FBL
9.8 (3)
CC05FBL
16.4 (5)
CC07FBL
23.0 (7)
CC10FBL
32.8 (10)
Driver Side
Motor Side
Housing
555912P (MOLEX)
Housing
555712R (MOLEX)
Max. extended length: 34.5 feet (10.5 m)
Flexible Extension Cable

Model
Length: L [ft. (m)]
CC01FBLR
3.3 (1)
CC02FBLR
6.6 (2)
CC03FBLR
9.8 (3)
CC05FBLR
16.4 (5)
CC07FBLR
23.0 (7)
CC10FBLR
32.8 (10)
Motor Side
Driver Side
0.41 inch (10.5 mm)
Housing
555712R (MOLEX)
Housing
555912P (MOLEX)
Max. extended length: 34.5 feet (10.5 m)
Precautions for use of the Flexible Extension Cables

(2) Use the product with a minimum bend radius of 2.36 inch (60 mm).
(1) Do not bend the cable at the cable connector location.
OK
OK
Avoide
Avoide
(3) The motor cable itself is not designed to be bent. When
bending is necessary, be sure to bend at the flexible
extension cable.
Motor cable
(It must be fixed.)
Driver
Motor
Flexible extension cable

(Bendable)
B-44
Features B-34
Specifications B-36

Introduction
BX
AXU
AXH

DC Input
AC Input
FBL2
BHF
AC Motor Systems
ES
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
B-45
Dimensions B-38
AXU Series
The AXU Series combines a compact, brushless DC motor
with a speed control unit. These systems provide space
savings, easy wiring and simple operation.
The gearhead shown in the photograph is sold separately.
Features
Easy Connection and Simple Operation
External Control Possible
Just connect the motor connector to the control unit, and the
AXU is ready for immediate use. The rate of rotation is easy
to adjust using the speed control dial on the front of the
speed control unit.
Run/Stop, rotation direction and instantaneous stops can be

controlled with external signals.
External Control Signal
Control Unit
Motor
Run/Stop
SPEED CONT
ROL UNIT
AXUD25A
Change Direction
POWER
ALARM
LOW
HIGH
Instantaneous
Stop
Thin and Compact

Compared to an AC speed control motor, the use of a
brushless DC motor significantly reduces the size of the
motor.
Motor Length: 1.65 inch (42 mm) for 10 W, 25 W
2.24 inch (57 mm) for 40 W, 90 W
Wide Speed Range and Constant Torque

Even with an available speed range of 1002000 r/min, the
AXU Series motor maintains a constant torque.

Standards
UL1950
CSA C22.2 No.950
Motor
STAND-BY
ORIENTAL
MOTOR
Superior Speed Stability

Speed regulation characteristics are 2% maximum with
load, 1% maximum with voltage and 1% maximum with
temperature.
Acceleration/Deceleration Functions
AXU Series motors can be set to accelerate and
decelerate when the start and stop input is used.
Protective Functions
The AXU Series is equipped with protective functions to
handle overload, overvoltage, out-of-phase, undervoltage
and overspeed. When an abnormality is detected, an alarm
is output and the motor comes to a stop.
Motor Construction IP65
A grade IP65 indicates protection against jets of water. It is
safety if get splashed accidentally. However it is not
suitable for washing the motor nor being operated under
the circumstance of being splashed constantly.
Certification Body
Standards File No.
UL
E208200
CE Marking
EN60950
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
UL508C
Control Unit
RUN
CSA C22.2 No.14

EN60950
EN50178

EMC Directives
UL
E171462
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and control unit nameplates are the approved model names.
List of Motor and Control Unit CombinationsPage B-57
The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/control unit incorporated in the equipment.
B-46
Features B-46
Specifications B-48

(Page A-214)
Mounting Brackets
(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
Motor
(Not Supplied)
AXU
Gearhead
(Sold separately)
AXU Series
AXH
Output Power
Output Power 10: 10 W (1/75 HP)

25: 25 W (1/30 HP)
Motor Frame Size 2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.)
40: 40 W (1/19 HP)
4:
3.15
in.
sq.
(80
mm
sq.)
Series
90: 90 W (1/8 HP)
5:
3.54
in.
sq.
(90
mm
sq.)
AXU: AXU Series
1/75
10
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC AXU210C-GN AXU210C-A

AXU210S-GN AXU210S-A
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC AXU425A-GN AXU425A-A

1/30
25


1/19
40

Single-Phase 100-115 VAC AXU590A-GU AXU590A-A

1/8
90
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC AXU590C-GU AXU590C-A

AXU590S-GU AXU590S-A
Gearheads (Sold Separately)

Gearhead Model
2GNKA
Gear Ratio
3180
2GN10XK (Decimal Gearhead)

4GNKA
3180

5GNKA
3180
Gearhead Type GN: GN type (for use with GN-type pinion shaft motor)
GU: GU type (for use with GU-type pinion shaft motor)
Gearhead Frame Size

5GUKA
3180
2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.)

4: 3.15 in. sq. (80 mm sq.)
5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.)
5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead)[for 5GUKA]
Type of Bearings and Shaft Size

KA: Ball bearing type and inch-sized output shaft
KHA: Ball bearing type and inch-sized output shaft for higher torque
Gear Ratio
(Example) 50: Gear ratio of 50:1
10X: Denotes decimal gearhead with 10:1 gear ratio
5GUKHA (High Power Type)
50180
5GU10XK (Decimal Gearhead)[for 5GUKHA]
Gearheads must match the motor installation dimensions and shaft type.
Dimensions B-51
Round Shaft
Gearhead
4 GN 50 KA
Model
Pinion Shaft
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Voltage A: Single-Phase 100-115 VAC

C: Single-Phase 200-230 VAC
US
Shaft Type GN: Pinion Shaft (for use with GN gearhead)

GU : Pinion Shaft (for use with GU gearhead)
A : Round Shaft
HP
Enter the appropriate gear ratio in the box () within the gearhead model name.
Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-57
B-47
AC Motor Systems
AXU 4 25 A - GN
AXU Series
ES
Product Line
BHF
Product Number Code

Motor and Control Unit
FBL2
AC
(Not Supplied)
Power Supply

DC Input
AC Input
Programmable
Controller
Control Unit
BX
Extension Cables (Accessories)

(Page B-57)
Introduction
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
UC
Specifications
Pinion Shaft Type
Package Model
Round Shaft Type
Rated Output Power
AXU210C-A
Single-Phase
1/75 (10)
Single-Phase
AXU210S-A
AXU425A-A
AXU425C-A
AXU425S-A
Single-Phase
1/30 (25)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Three-Phase
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Rated Input Current

Rated Torque
AXU210A-A
HP (W)
Voltage
Power Source
AXU210A-GN AXU210C-GN AXU210S-GN AXU425A-GN AXU425C-GN AXU425S-GN
0.7
0.4
0.25
1.1
0.65
0.4

A
oz-in (Nm)
0.9
0.6
0.4
1.5
0.9
0.7
7.1 (0.05)
17.7 (0.125)
oz-in (Nm)
8.5 (0.06)
21 (0.15)
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4kgm2)
2.7 (0.5)
Starting Torque
Rated Speed
9.8 (1.8)
r/min
2000
1002000 (speed ratio 20:1)
r/min
2% Max. (0 rated torque, at rated speed)
Load
Speed
Voltage
Regulation
Temperature
UC
Pinion Shaft Type
Package Model
Round Shaft Type
Rated Output Power
AXU540C-A
Single-Phase
1/19 (40)
Single-Phase
AXU540S-A
AXU590A-A
AXU590C-A
AXU590S-A
Single-Phase
1/8 (90)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Three-Phase
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Rated Input Current

Rated Torque
AXU540A-A
HP (W)
Voltage
Power Source
AXU540A-GN AXU540C-GN AXU540S-GN AXU590A-GU AXU590C-GU AXU590S-GU
1.65
1.0
0.5
2.5
1.45
0.8

A
oz-in (Nm)
2.1
1.3
0.8
3.3
2.0
1.2
28 (0.20)
63 (0.45)
oz-in (Nm)
34 (0.24)
76 (0.54)
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2 (10-4kgm2)
18.1 (3.3)
Starting Torque
Rated Speed
2% Max. (0 rated torque, at rated speed)

Voltage
Regulation
2000
1002000 (speed ratio 20:1)
r/min
Load
Speed
32 (5.8)
r/min
Temperature
The Permissible Load Inertia specified above is only applicable to round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for Gearmotor TypePage B-50
Item
Input Signal
Output Signal
Specifications
0.510 sec. (at 2,000 r/min with no load) set by a potentiometer
Speed potentiometer on front panel
Photocoupler Input, Input Impedance 2 k, Operated by internal power supply
Common Clockwise (CW) and Counterclockwise (CCW) Inputs
Open Collector Output, External Use Condition 26.4 VDC, 10 mA Max.
Speed Signal Output (SPEED OUT) 30 P/R, Alarm Signal Output (ALARM OUT)
When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a stop:
Overload Protection: Activated when the motor load exceeds rated torque for a minimum of 5 seconds.
Protection Functions 1
Overvoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the control unit exceeds 115 VAC or 230 VAC by a minimum of 20%.
Out-of-Phase Protection: Activated when motor signals are abnormal, due to disconnection of cable.
Undervoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the control unit falls below 100 VAC or 200 VAC by a minimum of 30%.
Overspeed Protection: Activated when the speed exceeds 2800 r/min.
Class E (248F [120C]) 2
Rating
Continuous
1 Motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motors shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations. To prevent damage to the driver during lowering
operations, the motor comes to a natural stop if the primary voltage of the drivers inverter exceeds the permissible value.
2 Motor insulation is recognized as Class A [221F (105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
B-48
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
Item
Motor
the power supply input terminal and the I/O terminal.

Sufficient to withstand 1.8 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the ground
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the
terminal and the power supply input terminal for 1 minute, and 3 kVAC at 50
windings and the frame for 1 minute.
Environment Humidity
Introduction
Hz applied between the ground terminal and the I/O terminal for 1 minute.
32F104F (0C40C)(nonfreezing)
Ambient Temperature
Conditions
power supply input terminal and the ground terminal, and between
windings and the frame.
Dielectric Strength
Operating
Control Unit
Atmosphere

IP65 (except for the mounting surface)
BX
IP10
1.1
0.83 0.67 0.56
80
67
56
40
33
27
22
20
17
13
11
25
30
36
50
60
75
90 100 120 150 180
3.6
7.5
9 12.5 15
18
ES
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7
2
2.5
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
AXU425A-GN
AXU425C-GN
AXU425S-GN
4GNKA
2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20

0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
23
2.7
29
3.3
36
4.1
44
5
54
6.2
65
7.4
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
AXU540A-GN
AXU540C-GN
AXU540S-GN
5GNKA
4.3 5.1 7.1 8.5 10.6 13.2 17.7 21

0.49 0.58 0.81 0.97 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.4
46
5.3
58
6.6
69
7.9
87
9.9
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
5GUKA
9.7 11.5 15.9 19.4 23

1.1 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.7
29
3.3
36
4.1
5GUKHA
AXU590A-GU
AXU590C-GU
AXU590S-GU
25
2.9
32
3.7
38
4.4
43
4.9
52
5.9
65
7.4
78 94 131 157 176 177 177 177 177 177

8.9 10.7 14.9 17.8 19.9 20 20 20 20 20
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
2GNKA
US
AXU210A-GN
AXU210C-GN
AXU210S-GN
131 157 176 210 230 260 260 260

14.9 17.8 19.9 23.9 26.6 30 30 30
KA type is standard gearhead. KHA type is high-powered gearhead.

Gearheads

Model
2GNKA
4GNKA
5GNKA
5GUKA
5GUKHA
Gear Ratio
0.39 in. (10 mm) from shaft end 0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end
lb.
lb.
318
11.2
50
18
80
25180
27
120
40
180
318
22
100
33
150
25180
45
200
67
300
318
56
250
78
350
25180
67
300
101
450
39
90
400
112
500
12.518
101
450
135
600
25180
112
500
157
700
50180
90
400
135
600
Permissible Trust Load

lb.
6.7
30
11.2
50
22
100
33
150
33
150
KA type is standard gearhead. KHA type is high-powered gearhead.
Dimensions B-51
B-49
AC Motor Systems
667 556 400 333 267 222 160 133 111
BHF
1.3
1.7
2.8
3.3
5.6
6.7
11
13
17
20
Gear Ratio
28
r/min
33
Motor/Gearhead
UnitUpper Values: lb-in/Lower Values: Nm
Model
Speed
Range
5GNKA with 5GN10XK: 88 lb-in (10 Nm)

5GUKA with 5GU10XKB: 177 lb-in (20 Nm)
5GUKHA with 5GU10XK: 260 lb-in (30 Nm)
AXH
Maximum Torque When Using a Decimal Gearhead

All gear ratios except 25:1, 30:1, 36:1: 53 lb-in (6 Nm)

DC Input
AC Input
AXU
GearmotorTorque Table
FBL2
For round shaft types: Please attach to the following sizes of heat sinks to maintain a maximum motor housing temperature of 194 F (90 C)
AXU210-A: 5:31 in. 5.31 in. (135 mm135 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
AXU540-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in. (200 mm200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
AXU425-A: 6:50 in. 6.50 in. (165 mm165 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
AXU590-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in. (200 mm200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
Ambient temperature of the motor is recognized as 32 F104 F (0 C40 C) by UL and CSA Standards.
Round Shaft Type

Model
lb.
lb.
AXU210-A
15.7
70
22
100
AXU425-A
27
120
31
140
AXU540-A
36
160
38
170
AXU590-A
36
160
38
170
Enter the appropriate letter in the box () within the motor model name. (A: Single-phase 100-115 VAC, C: Single-phase 200-230 VAC, S: Three-phase 200-230 VAC).
Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible. If a thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.

Model
Motor/Gearhead
Gear Ratio
3.6
UnitUpper Values: oz-in2/Lower Values: 104 kgm2
7.5
12.5 15
18
25
36
50
60
75
90 100 120 150 180
110 210 310 440

20.1 38.8 55.8 80.4
850
155
850
155
850
155
850
155
AXU210-GN/2GNKA
3.1 4.4 8.5 12.2 19.1 27

53
0.558 0.804 1.55 2.23 3.49 5.02 9.69
AXU425-GN/4GNKA
10.8 15.6
1.98 2.85
30
5.5
97 188 270 390

43
68
7.92 12.4 17.8 34.4 49.5 71.3
AXU540-GN/5GNKA
19.7 28
3.6 5.18
55
10
79 123 177 340

14.4 22.5 32.4 62.5
77
14
490
90
30
850
155
850
155
850
155
850
155
750 1080 1560 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
138 198 285 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
710 1370 1970 2800 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500
130 250 360 518 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
AXU590-GU/5GUKA
49
9
71
13
137
25
197
36
310
56.3
440
81
850 1230 1770 3400 4900 7100 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700
156 225 324 625 900 1296 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
AXU590-GU/5GUKHA
13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700 13700

2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
Enter the appropriate letter in the box () within the motor model name. (A: Single-phase 100-115 VAC, C: Single-phase 200-230 VAC, S: Three-phase 200-230 VAC).
SpeedTorque Characteristics
AXU210A-GN/AXU210C-GN/AXU210S-GN
AXU210A-A/AXU210C-A/AXU210S-A
[N m] [oz-in]
0.1
14
Starting Torque
Torque
10
8
Rated Torque
0.05
6
0.15
0.1
0
1000
Speed [r/min]
0 100
40
Rated Torque
30
Rated Torque
0.4
60
Continuous
Duty Region
20
0
1000
Speed [r/min]
Limited Duty
Region
80
0.2
0
0 100
B-50
0.6
Starting Torque
40
Continuous
Duty Region
10
100
Limited Duty
Region
Torque
Torque
Starting Torque
20
2000
[N m] [oz-in]
0.8
50
0.1
1000
Speed [r/min]
AXU590A-GU/AXU590C-GU/AXU590S-GU
[N m] [oz-in]
0.4
0.2
Continuous
Duty Region
2000
0.3
Rated Torque
0
0 100
Limited Duty
Region
15
0.05
2
0
20
10
Continuous
Duty Region
Starting Torque
25
Limited Duty
Region
Torque
12
[N m] [oz-in]
2000
0
0 100
Features B-46
1000
Speed [r/min]
2000
Specifications B-48

Motor/Gearhead
1.65
(42)
0.31
(8)
1.26
(32)
0.12
(3)
2.36
( 60)
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
0.50
(12.7)
0.293
(7.437)
2.36
(60)
.02
60
2.7 0.5)
0
7
(
Introduction
d A289AU (2GN3KA18KA)
A289BU (2GN25KA180KA)
0.39
(10)
AXU210A-GN, AXU210C-GN, AXU210S-GN Pinion Shaft Type

Motor
Gearhead
AXUM210-GN
2GNKA
0
0.31250.0006
5/16"
0
(7.9370.015)
0.94
(24)
Mounting screws are included with gearheads. Dimensions for screws Page B-133
FBL2
Cable 0.31 (8)

AXU
2GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.18 (30)
2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
1.52 (38.5)
0.49(12.5)
1.02
(26)
0.08
(2)
2.36 (60)
)
(
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.43
(11)
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes

Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
SRA-21T-4 (JST)
US
0.0
2.76 .5)
0
(70
0
54 0.030
.02
6 0
2.7 0.5)
0
( 7
0
2.1260 0.0012
0
2.1260 0.0012
(540.030 )
2.36
( 60)
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
2.36
(60)
0.94
(24)
0.08
(2)
ES
1.65
(42)
0.31
(8)
0
0.2362 0.0005
d A003
(60.012 )
d A316
1.22
(31)
Cable 0.31 (8)


Motor
Gearhead
AXUM425-GN
4GNKA
1.65
L
Weight: 1.43 lb. (0.65 kg)
(42)
0.31
(8)
0.12
(3)
0.50
(12.7)
3.15
( 80)
0.217 (5.5)
4 Holes
.02
0 0
3.7 40.5)
9

(
0.43
(11)
3.15
(80)
1.26
(32)
0.347
0.375000.0006 3/8"
(8.825)
(9.52500.015)
0.59
(15) 1.34
(34)
Motor/Gearhead
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
Cable 0.31 (8)
SRA-21T-4 (JST)
1.22
(31)
4GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.26 (32)
4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
Dimensions B-51
B-51
AC Motor Systems
(Can be connected to AXU210GN pinion shaft type.)

2GN10XK
BHF
Decimal Gearhead
AXU210A-A, AXU210C-A, AXU210S-A Round Shaft Type

Motor: AXUM210-A
AXH
Round Shaft Type

DC Input
AC Input
0.43
(11)
BX
1.22
(31)
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
SRA-21T-4 (JST)

4GN10XK
d A317
d A013
0.02
3.70 )
0.5
(94
0
(73 0.030
)
0
2.8740 0.0012
0.28
(7)
3.15 (80)
.02
0 0
3.7 0.5)
( 94
(730.030 )
0.98
(25)
1.79 (45.5)
1.26 (32)
0.53 (13.5)
0.08
(2)
3.15
( 80)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
(80.015 )
1.26
(32)
0.08
(2)
0
2.8740 0.0012
1.65
(42)
0.31
(8)
0
0.3150 0.0006
Decimal Gearhead

Motor: AXUM425-A
3.15
(80)
Round Shaft Type
0.43
(11)
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
Motor/Gearhead
Motor
Gearhead
AXUM540-GN
5GNKA
2.24
(57)
1.26
(32)
0.39
(10)
0.12
(3)
0.45
0
0.5000 0.0007
1/2"
(11.4)
0
(12.70.018
)
0.71
(18)
1.42
(36)
1.22
Connector Housing (31)
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Cable 0.31 (8)
Ring Terminal
20 inch (500 mm) Length SRA-21T-4 (JST)
0.75
(19)
0.0
)

09 0.5
4. 104

(
0.43
(11)
3.54
(90)
3.54
( 90)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
Cable 0.31 (8)
20 inch (500 mm) Length SRA-21T-4 (JST)
1.22
(31)
5GN3KA18KA : L = 1.65 (42)

5GN25KA180KA : L = 2.36 (60)
Decimal Gearhead

Motor: AXUM540-A

5GN10XK
d A318
d A022
2.17 (55)
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)
3.54
( 90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
.02
0.02
4.09 .5)
0
(104
0
(83 0.035
)
9 0
4.0 4 0.5)
( 10
0.43
(11)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
Cable 0.31 (8)

B-52
3.54 (90)
0.71 (18)
0
3.26770.0014
0.35
(9)
3.54
(90)
1.18
(30)
0
3.2677 0.0014
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
(830.035 )
2.24
(57)
0.39
(10)
0
0.3937 0.0006
0
(100.015 )
Round Shaft Type
1.22
(31)
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
SRA-21T-4 (JST)
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
Motor/Gearhead
AXU590A-GU, AXU590C-GU, AXU590S-GU Pinion Shaft Type
Motor
Gearhead
AXUM590-GU
5GUKA
0.108
)
(
0
(4.763 0.03
)
0.0016
0
0.040
4.763 0
0.1875
0.43
(11)
FBL2
AXU
1.22
(31)
3.54
( 90)
AXH
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
SRA-21T-4 (JST)
Cable 0.31 (8)
Round Shaft Type
Decimal Gearhead
(120.018 )
3.54 (90)
0.83 (21)
.02
0.02
0
0.035
4.09 )
0.5
(104
(83
0
3.2677 0.0014
9 0
4.0 4 0.5)
1
( 0
(830.035 )
0.45
(11.5)
3.54
(90)
2.40 (61)
1.57 (40)
0.08
(2)
3.54
( 90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
1.18
(30)
0
3.2677 0.0014
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
US
2.24
(57)
0.39
(10)
0
0.4724 0.0007
d A029
0.43
(11)
5GU10XKB: 0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes

5GU10XK: 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
Cable 0.31 (8)

1.22
(31)
Connector Housing
5557-10R (MOLEX)
Ring Terminal
SRA-21T-4 (JST)
High-Power Type Gearhead

5GUKHA (For AXU590GU type)
d A038U
1.93 (49)
Dimensions B-51
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes
(4.763 0.051)
0.188 0.0020
0
(4.763
0.051
0
.02
9 0
4.0 0.5)
4
1
( 0
M6 P14Places
0
0.188 0.0020
1.125
(28.58)
0.106
(2.69)
(4.763 0.051)
0
19.050.021
0
0.188 0.0020
3.54 (90)
1.125
(28.58)
0
0.7500 0.0008
1.93 (49)
1.65 (42)
0.28 (7)
1.57
(40)
3.35 (85)
0.47 (12)
0.71 (18)
0.39 (10)
B-53
AC Motor Systems
d A314
ES
5GU10XKB (for 5GUKA)

5GU10XK (for 5GUKHA)
BHF

Motor: AXUM590-A

DC Input
AC Input
3.54
(90)
1.125 0.008
(28.58 0.2)
0.1875 0.0012
BX
0.02
4.09 0.5)

4
0
1

(
0.004
0
0.1
2.743 0
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
0.71
(18) 1.34
(34)
1.125
(28.58)
0
4.763 0.03
0.28
(7)
0.1875 0.0012
1.50
(38)
0
(15.875 0.011
)
2.56
(65)
Introduction
2.24
(57)
0.39
(10)
0
0.6250 0.0005
5/8"
d A315
AXUD10A, AXUD10C, AXUD10S

d A293
4.47 max. (113.5)
4.04 (102.5)
0.08 (2)
M42 Places
0.45 (11.5)
3.94 (100)
M35 Places
2.36 (60)
0.06 (1.5)
3.54 (90)
2.04 (52)
1.97 (50)
0.25 (6.32)
0.3
(7.62) Pitch
3.15 (80)
3.54 (90)
0.25 (6.32)
0.3 (7.62) Pitch
Control Unit
M3-3 Places
0.14 (3.5)
0.18 (4.5)2 Holes
4 Holes
Control Unit Panel Cut-Out
(8110)
0.04
0
3.19
3.54 0.008 (900.2)
0.18 (4.5) Holes2 Places
0.04
0
1
53 0
2.09
Panel Cut-Out
Connection Cable (included)

0.39
(10)
Connect to
Power Source
1.18
(30)
78.5
(2000)
Connect to
Control Unit
For single-phase: 3 wires (2UL Style 3266, AWG20/1-UL Style 3266, AWG 18)
For three-phase: 4 wires (3UL Style 3266, AWG20/1-UL Style 3266, AWG 18)
B-54
Features B-46
Specifications B-48
Ground
For the Protective Earth cable, use a cable with a diameter
equivalent to AWG18 or more.
Names and Functions of Control Unit

Speed potentiometer
Turning the potentiometer clockwise
causes the speed to increase.
Speed setting range is 1002000 r/min.
The setting is 0 r/min at the time of shipment.
SPEED CONTROL UNIT

AXUD25A
POWER
ALARM
LOW
RUN
STAND-BY
Operation Using the RUN/STAND-BY Switch
MOTOR
CW
Motor connection
connector
COM
CCW
SPEED
OUT
ALARM
OUT
NC
L
Power connection
terminals
The direction of rotation depends on how the short circuit bar

at the back of control unit is connected. Connect the short
circuit bar between the CW and COM or CCW and COM. Do
not use the short circuit bar for any other purpose.
CCW Rotation
AXH
CW Rotation
Protective earth
terminal
CCW
Short Circuit Bar
Operating Using External Signals
See "Input Circuit Connection Example" shown on the next page for connection.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Timing Chart
Operating Using External Signals
Terminal cover
MOTOR
Run/direction of
rotation selection
W
OM
US
Motor
Run/instantaneous stop/reversing
after instantaneous stop
CCW
Input /output
connection signal
terminals
For connection, use a
twisted pair or shielded wire
PEED
Motor
connection
connector
ARM
AC
RUN/STAND-BY
Switch
RUN
STAND-BY
20 ms min.
Power
connection
terminals
Terminal cover
Cable included
ON
Motor cable
CW input
To power supply
Grounding
OFF
20 ms min.
ON
Motor Connection
CCW input
Insert the motor cable connector into the motor connector

(MOTOR) on the control unit. Insert it until a click sound is
audible. To expand the distance between the motor and
control unit, use an optional extension cable. The connection
can be extended to a maximum of 34.4 feet (10.5 m).
Extension cablePage B-57
OFF
CW
Motor operation
CCW
0.5s
Power Connection
Recommended
Crimp Terminals
Dimensions B-51
0.24 inch max. (6.2 mm)
Connect the included power supply cable to the power

supply terminal of the control unit. When the included power
supply cable is not used, use a cable with a diameter
equivalent to AWG22 or more. In that case, round crimp
terminals with insulation should be used.
Note:
The CW and CCW input signals must be ON for
at least 20 ms.
When both the CW and CCW inputs are turned

on, the motor stops instantaneously.
Motor does not run for 0.5 s after
instantaneous stop, if a reversing run signal
is input.
0.13 inch min.

(3.2 mm)
0.35 inch min.(9 mm)
B-55
AC Motor Systems
COM
CCW
Set the RUN/STAND-BY switch to the "RUN" position.
Connection Diagrams
Motor and Control Unit Connection
Control Unit
CW
COM
ES
Notes:
The RUN/STAND-BY switch is not a power ON/OFF switch.
When you want to stop the motor for an extended period, turn off the control unit
power.
Short Circuit Bar
CW
BHF
Back of Control Unit
AXU
CW input
COM
CCW input
SPEED output
ALARM output
FBL2
Input/output connection
signal terminals

DC Input
AC Input
When the RUN/STAND-BY switch is set to the "RUN"

position, the motor will run. When it is set to the "STAND-BY"
position, the motor will stop.
BX
Front of Control Unit
The direction of motor rotation is as viewed from the output

shaft end of the motor. "CW" indicates clockwise direction,
while "CCW" indicates counterclockwise direction.
Introduction
RUN/STAND-BY
Switch
HIGH
Operation
Signal Input Circuit

Input Circuit
Signal Output Circuit

Output Circuit
SPEED
ALARM
14V
CW
CCW
Reinforced Photocoupler
Reinforced Photocoupler
2k
COM
COM
Output Circuit Connection Example
Input Circuit Connection Example
External Controller
Set the RUN/STAND-BY switch to the "RUN" position.

Small-capacity switch and relay
OFF
ON
Vcc
Control Unit
SPEED OUT
ALARM OUT
CW
COM
COM
OFF
ON
CCW
Use a small-capacity contact type relay capable of opening and closing 12 VDC, 5 mA.
Transistor output type controller
Notes:
The signal output is Open Collector Output.
Use the power supply of 26.4 VDC or less to connect the limit resistance (R) so
that output current does not exceed 10 mA.
CW
SPEED Output
COM
The speed output signal is synchronized with the motor

speed. The system outputs pulses (with a width of
approximately 0.5 ms) at a rate of 30 pulses per rotation of
the motor output shaft. You can measure the speed output
frequency and calculate motor speed.
CCW
Rotation Direction of Motor

CW (clockwise) directional operation
When CW input is turned on, the motor runs in a clockwise direction. When CW
input is turned off, the motor stops.
CCW (counterclockwise) directional operation
When CCW input is turned on, the motor runs in a counterclockwise direction.
When CCW input is turned off, the motor stops.
When both the CW and CCW inputs are turned on simultaneously, the motor stops
instantly. Instantaneous reversing operation is not possible.
Motor Speed (r/min)
SPEED Output Frequency [Hz]
SPEED Output Frequency (Hz)
30
60
1
T
0.5ms
Notes:
Wait for more than 20 ms when changing input signals of CW and CCW.
Do not use a solid state relay (SSR) to turn on or off power. The motor and
control unit may be damaged if it is used.
When you want to use the controller with a built-in clamp diode, pay attention to
the sequence of turning on or off the power.
Power ON : Controller ONControl Unit ON
Power OFF : Control Unit OFFController OFF
Control Unit
External Controller
Vcc
+14V
To check the reduced motor speed visually (the speed at the motor output shaft or
at the gearhead output shaft), connect a speed indicator SDM496 (sold
separately). Speed IndicatorPage A-214
Notes for Connection:
When you want to extend the input/output signal cable, the length must not
exceed 6.6ft. (2m). The cable should be as short as possible in order to
minimize noise.
Signal wires and motor wires should be kept away from equipment, power cables
and other sources of magnetic noise.
Setting the Acceleration/Deceleration Time
CW
CCW
COM
If the control unit power is turned on first when connected as shown above, or the
controller power is turned off with the control unit power turned on, current will
be applied, as indicated by the arrows in the diagram. This may cause the motor
to run.
When the power is turned on or off simultaneously, the motor may run
temporarily due to differences in power capacity. The controller power must be
turned on first, and control unit power must be turned off first.
The motor accelerates slowly when it starts up and

decelerates slowly when it stops. This acceleration/
deceleration time can be set within the range from 0.5 to 10
sec (2000 r/min without load). The time can be set using the
acceleration/deceleration potentiometer. Remove the front
panel of control unit to access the potentiometer.
The figure shows the control unit with the front panel removed.
Acceleration/Deceleration time setting

potentiometer
Time is increased by turning the switch
clockwise. Use an insulated Phillips
Screwdriver for this operation. The shortest
time is selected at the time of shipment.
Short
B-56
Features B-46
Long
Specifications B-48
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations

Pinion Shaft Type
Output Power
HP
1/75
10
Model
Motor Model
AXUD10A
AXU210A-GN
AXUD25A
AXU425C-GN
AXUM425-GN
AXUD25C
AXU425S-GN
AXUD25S
AXU540A-GN
AXUD40A
AXU540C-GN
AXUM540-GN
AXUD40C
AXU540S-GN
AXUD40S
AXU590A-GU
AXUD90A
AXU590C-GU
AXUM590-GU
AXUD90C
AXUD90S
AXU590S-GU
Output Power
W
1/75
10
Model
Motor Model
AXUD10A
AXU210A-A
AXUD25A
AXU425C-A
AXUM425-A
AXUD25C
AXU425S-A
AXUD25S
AXU540A-A
AXUD40A
AXU540C-A
AXUM540-A
AXUD40C
AXU540S-A
AXUD40S
AXU590A-A
AXUD90A
AXU590C-A
AXUM590-A
AXUD90C
AXUD90S
AXU590S-A
Before Using a
Speed Control
System

Extension Cables
Model
Length: L [ft. (m)]
CC01AXU
3.3 (1)
CC02AXU
6.6 (2)
CC03AXU
9.8 (3)
CC05AXU
16.4 (5)
CC10AXU
32.8 (10)
Dimensions B-51
L
Control Unit
Side
Motor
Side
Housing
5559-10P (MOLEX)
Housing
5557-10R(MOLEX)
Maximum extension length is 34.4 ft. (10.5m).
B-57
AC Motor Systems
90
AXUD10S
AXU425A-A
US
1/8
40
AXUD10C
AXU210S-A
ES
1/19
25
AXUM210-A
BHF
1/30
AXU210C-A
Control Unit Model

AXH
HP
AXU
Round Shaft Type

DC Input
AC Input
90
AXUD10S
AXU425A-GN
FBL2
1/8
40
AXUD10C
AXU210S-GN
BX
1/19
25
AXUM210-GN
Introduction
1/30
AXU210C-GN
Control Unit Model
AXH Series
The AXH Series combines a compact, brushless DC speed
control motor and 24 VDC board-level driver. These systems
provide space savings and high power output, and are easy
to use.
The combination type (pre-assembled gearmotors) come with the
installation in equipment.
Motors and gearheads are also available separately so they can be
on hand to make changes or repairs.
Except for 15W type
Features
Compact Board-Level Driver
Constant Torque over a Wide Speed Range
The size of the AXH driver has been reduced by

approximately 60% when compared to conventional DC
brushless drivers. (Driver for 15W-50W)
The speed can be set within the wide range of 100 r/min to
3000 r/min (30:1). The AXH Series maintains a constant
torque from low speed to high speed.
Rated Torque
AXH
Limited Duty Region

Torque
2.7
2.1 in. (7
3i 0m
n. m)
(5
4m
m)
Starting Torque
Serie
s
s
2.80
Driver volume reduced

by approximately 60%
ri
in. (
L
B
H
71 m
m)
1.02
in. (
3.9
26
4 in
. (10 mm)
0m
m)
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
1.42 in. (36 mm)
3000
Gearheads Provide High Torque

AXH geared type motors come pre-assembled with a
gearhead. These gearheads provide torque up to 17.7 lb-in
(2Nm) for the 15 W motors and up to 141 lb-in (16Nm) with
the 50 W motors.
Compact, High Power Motors

The size of the AXH Motor has been reduced by
approximately 55% when compared to conventional AC
speed control motors [3.15 in. (80mm) size]. The motor
has extremely high output power for its small size.
Protective Functions
The AXH Series is equipped with protective functions to
handle overload, overvoltage, undervoltage, overspeed and
out-of-phase power. When one of these protective functions
detects an abnormality, a LED blinks and motor comes to a
stop.
Superior Speed Stability

The fluctuation is only 1% for load, voltage and
temperature. These motors provide superior speed stability
with minimal speed fluctuation.

Standards
AXH015 type
AXH5100 type
Standards File No.
UL
E208200
CE Marking
UL1950
AXH230 type
AXH450 type
Certification Body
CSA C22.2 No.950

UL60950
CSA C22.2 No.60950
EMC Directives
UL
E208200
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and driver nameplates are
the approved model names.
List of Motor and Driver CombinationsPage B-68
The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the
motor/driver incorporated in the equipment.
B-58
Features B-58
Specifications B-60

Not a standard certified product.
(Page A-214)
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
Extension Cables (Accessories)

(Page B-69)
Driver
I/O Signal Cable

(Included)
BX
Geared Type/Combination Type

(Pre-assembled
Gearmotor)
Introduction
Mounting Brackets
(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
BHF
C: Cable Type
None: Lead Wire Type

K: 24 VDC
Series
AXH: AXH Series
Output Power
15: 15W (1/50 HP)
30: 30W (1/25 HP)
50: 50W (1/15 HP)
100: 100W (1/8 HP)
Product Line

Output Power
Model
HP
1/50
15
AXH015K-
1/25
30
AXH230KC-
1/15
50
AXH450KC-
1/8
100
AXH5100KC-
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Gear Ratio or Shaft Type

Number: Gear Ratio
A: Round Shaft Type
US
AXH 4 50 K C -
Round Shaft Type

Gear Ratio
5,10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100

5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50,
100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50,
100, 200
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50,
100, 200
Output Power
Model
HP
1/50
15
AXH015K-A
1/25
30
AXH230KC-A
1/15
50
AXH450KC-A
1/8
100
AXH5100KC-A
AXH015K- are Geared Type and the others are combination type.
Dimensions B-62
B-59
AC Motor Systems
ES
Product Number Code
Motor Frame Size

0: 1.65 in. sq (42 mm sq.)
2: 2.36 in. sq (60 mm sq.)
4: 3.15 in. sq (80 mm sq.)
5: 3.54 in. sq (90 mm sq.)
AXH
External Speed Potentiometer

(Accessories)
(Page A-216)

DC Input
AC Input
AXH Series
24 VDC
(Not Supplied)
Power Supply
AXU
Power Supply Cable

(Included)
(Not Supplied)
FBL2
Programmable
Controller
Specifications
Model
Round Shaft Type

HP (W)
Rated Output Power
AXH230KC-
AXH450KC-
AXH5100KC-
AXH015K-A
1/50 (15)
AXH230KC-A
1/25 (30)
AXH450KC-A
1/15 (50)
AXH5100KC-A
1/8 (100)
24 VDC 10%
Voltage
Power Source
RrC
AXH015K-
1.0
2.1
3.1
2.0
3.5
5.0
9.0
28 (0.20)
56 (0.40)
Rated Input Current
6.0
Rated Torque
oz-in (Nm)
7.1 (0.05)
17 (0.12)
Starting Torque
oz-in (Nm)
10.6 (0.075)
21 (0.15)
34 (0.24)
71 (0.50)
2.7 (0.5)
9.8 (1.8)
18.1 (3.3)
31 (5.6)
Permissible Load Inertia J oz-in2(10-4 kgm2)

Maximum Speed
r/min
Rated Speed
r/min
r/min
3000
3000
2500
1003000 (30:1)
1% Max. (0rated torque, at rated speed)
Load
Speed Regulation
1% Max. (Power supply voltage 10%, at rated speed with no load)
Voltage
Temperature
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for round shaft type. Permissible Load Inertia for Geared Type and Combination Type Page B-61
The values for each item is for the motor only.
Item
Input Signals
Output Signals
Specifications
Any one of the following methods.
1. By built-in potentiometer
2. By external potentiometer
3. By DC voltage (05 VDC)
C-MOS negative logic
L: (ON) : 00.5 VDC
H: (OFF) : 45 VDC
START/STOP input
L: START
H: STOP
Brake input
L: RUN
H: Instantaneous stop
Direction of Rotation input
L: CW
H: CCW
Speed setting method
L: Internal
H: External
Alarm reset
L: Reset
H: Normal
Open collector output External use conditions 26.4 VDC, 10 mA Max.

Speed Signal Output (SPEED OUT) 30 P/R, Alarm Signal Output (ALARM OUT)
When the following are activated, the alarm signal will be output and the motor will come to a natural stop.
Overload Protection: Activated when a load exceeding the rated torque is applied to the motor for approximately 5 seconds or more.
Protection Functions 1
Out-of-Phase Protection: Activated when the sensor wire inside the motor cable is disconnected.
Overvoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the driver exceeds 24 VDC by approximately 15% or more.
Undervoltage Protection: Activated when the voltage applied to the driver falls at least 25% below 24 VDC.
Over Speed Protection: Activated when the motor rotates at an abnormal speed above 3500 r/min.
Motor Insulation Class 2
Class E [248F (120C)]
Rating
Continuous
1 With the AXH series the motor speed cannot be controlled in applications where the motor shaft is turned by the load, as in lowering operations.
Also, the motor will stop naturally if the load exceeds the permissible load inertia or the overvoltage protection function is activated during load lowering operations.
2 Motor insulation is recognized as class A [221F(105C)] by UL and CSA standards.
Item
Driver
Motor

windings and the frame after continuous operation under normal
100 M or more when 500 VDC megger is applied between the power
supply input and the frame after continuous operation under normal
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 0.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the

windings and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation under
normal ambient temperature and humidity.
Sufficient to withstand 0.5 kVAC at 50 Hz applied between the power

supply input and the frame for 1 minute after continuous operation
under normal ambient temperature and humidity.
Temperature Rise
Ambient Temperature
108F (60C) or less measured by the thermocoupler method after the

temperature of the coil has stabilized under normal operation at the
rated voltage and frequency under normal ambient temperature and
humidity, with a connected gearhead or equivalent heat radiation
plate.
Ambient Humidity
Atmosphere

15W Type: IP 40
30W100W Type: IP65 (except for the mounting surface)
IP 00
Size of heat radiation plate (Material: Aluminum)

AXH230KC-A: 4.53 in. 4.53 in. (115 mm 115 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
AXH450KC-A: 5.31 in. 5.31 in. (135 mm 135 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
AXH5100KC-A: 7.87 in. 7.87 in.(200 mm 200 mm), 0.20 in. (5 mm) thick
B-60
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Speed Range r/min
Model
20500
(20600)
10250
(10300)
6.7167
(6.7200)
5125
(5150)
Unit Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: N.m
3.383
(3.3100)
250
(260)
125
(130)
0.512.5
15
20
30
50
100
200
AXH015K-
3.9
0.45
6.0
0.68
7.6
0.86
11.5
1.3
17.7
2.0
17.7
2.0
AXH230KC-
4.7
0.54
9.7
1.1
14.1
1.6
19.4
2.2
27
3.1
46
5.2
53
6.0
53
6.0
AXH450KC-
7.9
0.9
15.9
1.8
23
2.7
31
3.6
46
5.2
76
8.6
141
16
141
16
AXH5100KC-
15.9
1.8
31
3.6
47
5.4
63
7.2
91
10.3
152
17.2
260
30
260
30
AXU


Gear Ratio
N
lb.
lb.
6.7
30
40
22
100
33
150
11.2
50
22
100
33
150
AXH230KC-
1020
33
150
45
200
30200
45
200
67
300
AXH450KC-
45
200
56
250
67
300
78
350
30200
101
450
123
550
67
300
90
400
90
400
112
500
30200
112
500
146
650
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
5
1020
US
AXH5100KC-
5
1020
Round Shaft Type

0.39 in. (10mm) from shaft end
Model
0.79 in. (20 mm) from shaft end
lb.
lb.
AXH015K-A
11.2
50
AXH230KC-A
15.7
70
22
100
AXH450KC-A
27
120
31
140
AXH5100KC-A
36
160
38
170
Permissible Thrust Load: Avoid thrust loads as much as possible. If thrust load is unavoidable, keep it to no more than half the motor weight.
Permissible Load Inertia J for Geared Type/Combination Type

Unit Upper values: oz-in2 /Lower values: 10-4 kgm2
10
15
20
30
50
100
200
AXH015K-
2.2
0.4
9.3
1.7
21
3.9
38
7.0
86
15.7
240
43.7
240
43.7
AXH230KC-
8.5
1.55
34
6.2
77
14.0
136
24.8
310
55.8
850
155
850
155
850
155
AXH450KC-
30
5.5
120
22
270
49.5
480
88
1080
198
3000
550
3000
550
3000
550
AXH5100KC-
137
25
547
100
1230
225
2188
400
4923
900
13675
2500
13675
2500
13675
2500
Model
Gear Ratio
Dimensions B-62
B-61
AC Motor Systems
5100
ES
AXH015K-
BHF
lb.
AXH
Model

DC Input
AC Input
FBL2
Values inside parentheses ( ) are for the AXH015K- model.
BX
10
Introduction
5
2.0
0.23
Gear Ratio
Gearmotor Torque Table (Geared Type/Combination Type)
For the geared type and combination type, the values are for the motor alone.
14
[oz-in]
0.1
AXH230KC-/AXH230KC-A
[Nm]
[oz-in]
AXH015K-/AXH015K-A
[Nm]
Starting Torque
25
12
Rated Torque
10
Limited Duty Region
0.05
0.15
Torque
Torque
0.075
20
Rated Torque
Limited Duty Region
50% of
15
0.1
Rated Torque
10
0.05
5
2
0
Starting Torque
0.2
0
1000
2000
Speed [r /min]
3000
0
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Values for 24 VDC with no extension cable
0.2
Rated Torque
40
30
[Nm]
Starting Torque
0.6
Limited Duty Region

50% of
Rated Torque
20
0.1
[oz-in]
Torque
Torque
0.3
[oz-in]
[Nm]
0.5
70
0.4
60
Rated Torque
Limited Duty Region
50% of
Rated Torque
50
40
0.2
10
Starting Torque
80
30
20
10
0
1000
2000
Speed [r /min]
3000
1000
2000
Speed [r /min]
3000
Round Shaft Type
AXH015K- (Geared Type)

Geared motor: AXHM015K-
d A388
AXH015K-A
Motor: AXHM015K-A
Weight: 0.55 lb. (0.25 kg)
d A389
Connector Housing: 1718228(AMP)
B-62
1.65
(42)
1.48030.0010 (37.60.025)
4M4 P0.7 0.31(8) Deep
0.59 (15)
0.22 (5.5)
0
72
5)
1. .8 0.
3
( 4
20 (500)
0.31 (8)
0.63 (16)
.02
1.65 (42) 0.79 (20)

0.20 (5) 0.06 (1.5)
1.65
(42)
0.16 (4) 1.69 (43)
20 (500)
0.16 (4)
1.69 (43)
0.22 (5.5)
0.79 (20)
3.11 (79)
0.20 (5) 0.12 (3)
0.47 (12)
0.23620.0005 (60.012)
0.2362-0.0005 (6-0.012)
Motor/Gearhead
.02
90
1.8 0.5)
8
( 4
0.138 (3.5)
4 Holes
Connector Housing : 1718228(AMP)
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Round Shaft Type
2.36 (60)
0
0
2.1260-0.0012
(540.030
)
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
0.0
76 )
2. 00.5
(7
0.43
(11)
AXU
0.43
(11)
2.36 (60)
0.63
(16)
2.36 (60)
FBL2
(7
0
0
0.3150-0.0006
(80.015
)
2
0.0
76 )
2. 00.5
0.94
(24)
0.08
(2)
Round Shaft Type
.02
00
3.7 40.5)
9
(
0.43
(11)
0.43
(11)
3.15 (80)
0.98
(25)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
0
(730.030
)
.02
00
3.7 0.5)
4
(9
3.15 (80)
0
2.8740-0.0012
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
1.26
(32)
0.08
(2)
0
0
0.3937-0.0006
(100.015
)
1.65
(42)
0.31
(8)
Lead Wire Types are also

available. Contact your
Oriental Motor
Representative for more
information.
0.37(9.5)
3.15 (80)
0.51 (13)
1.34 (34)
0.28
(7)
0.98
(25)
0
0
0.59060.0007
(150.018
)
1.38 (35)
3.15 (80)
0.31
(8)
AXH450KC-A
Motor: AXHM450KC-A
d A297U

Oriental Motor
information.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
AXH450KC- (Combination Type)

Motor: AXHM450KC-GFH
Gearhead: GFH4G
Weight (including gearhead): 4.0 lb. (1.8 kg)
d A296AU (GFH4G520)
A296BU (GFH4G30100)
A296CU (GFH4G200)
1.65 (42)
US
Motor/Gearhead

0.0016
0.984 0.008
(25 0.2)
0
0.1969
0.0012
0 )
(5
0.03
0.1969 0
(5 0.040
)
0
0
0.1969
0.0012
0 )
(5
0.03
AXH450KC-520: L = 1.61 (41)

AXH450KC-30100: L = 1.81 (46)
AXH450KC-200: L = 2.01 (51)
Connector Housing: 1718228 (AMP)
0.004
Cable 0.31 (8),

0.118 0
(3 0.1
0 )
Cable 0.31 (8),

1.22
(31)
1.22
(31 )
Dimensions B-62
B-63
AC Motor Systems
ES
0
0.1575
0.0012
0 )
(4
0.03
BHF
0.0016
0.1575 0
(4 0.040
)
0
0
0.1575
0.0012
0 )
(4
0.03
0.984 0.008
(25 0.2)
0.098 0
(2.5 0.1
0 )

AXH230KC-520: L = 1.34 (34)
AXH230KC-30100: L = 1.50 (38)
AXH230KC-200: L = 1.69 (43)
0.004
Cable 0.31 (8),

1.22
(31)
AXH
Cable 0.31 (8),

1.22
(31)

DC Input
AC Input
1.65
(42)
0.31
(8)
0.177 (4.5)4 Holes
BX
0
0
0.39370.0006
(100.015
)
0.39 (10)
0.94 (24)
2.36 (60)

Oriental Motor
information.
Introduction
1.26 (32)
0.16
(4)
0.98
(25)
AXH230KC-A
Motor: AXHM230KC-A
d A295U

Oriental Motor
information.
0.3 (7.5)

Gearhead: GFH2G
d A294AU (GFH2G520)
A294BU (GFH2G30100)
A294CU (GFH2G200)
1.65 (42)
0.31
(8)
Motor/Gearhead
AXH5100KC-A
Motor: AXHM5100KC-A
d A402U
3.54 (90)
0.39
(10)
02
0.
9
4.0 40.5)
( 10
1.22
(31)
Connection Housing: 1178288-3 (AMP)
Connection Housing: 511030500 (MOLEX)
Cable 0.35 (9)

AXH5100KC-5~20:
L = 1.77 (45)
AXH5100KC-30~100: L = 2.28 (58)
AXH5100KC-200:
L = 2.52 (64)
1.46
(37)
0.08
(2)
1.18
(30)
0.43(11)
0.43(11)
3.54(90)
3.54(90)
2.24(57)
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes
Cable 0.35 (9)

3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes

.02
0
3.26770.0014
0

( 830.035)
1.65
(42)
0.98
(25)
0.45(11.5)
L
0.20(5)
1.57
(40)
0.39(10)
0.71(18)
2.24(57)
0
0
0.47240.0007
)
(120.018
Round Shaft Type

Gearhead: GFH5G
d A401AU (GFH5G520)
A401BU (GFH5G30100)
A401CU (GFH5G200)
0
0
0.70870.0007
)
(180.018
Motor/Gearhead
90
4.0 40.5)
0
1

(
1.22
(31)
Connector Housing: 1178288-3 (AMP)
Connector Housing: 511030500 (MOLEX)
B-64
0
(60.03
)
0.2362 0.0016
0
(6 0.040
)
0
0.1380.004
0
0
0.2362 0.0012
(3.50.1
0 )
0
(60.03
)
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0
0.2362 0.0012
Features B-58
Specifications B-60
Driver
AXHD100K
d A403
2.480.008
(630.2)
0.14 ( 3.5)
2 Holes
2
CN3:53426-0510
(MOLEX)
CN2: S12B-PHDSS-B (JST)

0.14
(3.5)
0.870.008
(220.2)
4.840.02 (1230.5)
0.14
(3.5)
BHF
For 100 W
12 (300)
ES
US
Leads UL Style 1007, AWG 26
Connector Housing: PHDR-12VS (JST)
Driver Power Supply Cable (Included)

For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W
12 (300)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Connector Housing:1-171822-2 (AMP)
For 100 W
12 (300)

Connector Housing:171822-2 (AMP)

Connector Housing: 1-178128-2 (AMP)
List of Motor and Driver Combinations

1/50 HP 15 W
Output Power
Model
AXH015K-
Motor Model
AXHM015K-
1/25 HP 30 W
AXH230KC-
1/15 HP 50 W
1/8 HP 100 W
Gearhead Model
Driver Model
AXHD15K
AXHM230KC-GFH
/
GFH2G
AXH450KC-
AXHM450KC-GFH
GFH4G
AXHD50K
AXH5100KC-
AXHM5100KC-GFH
GFH5G
AXHD100K
AXHD30K
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the model name.
Geared Motor Model
Round Shaft Type

Output Power
Model
Motor Model
Driver Model
1/50 HP 15 W
AXH015K-A
AXHM015K-A
AXHD15K
1/25 HP 30 W
AXH230KC-A
AXHM230KC-A
AXHD30K
1/15 HP 50 W
AXH450KC-A
AXHM450KC-A
AXHD50K
1/8 HP 100 W
AXH5100KC-A
AXHM5100KC-A
AXHD100K
Dimensions B-62
B-65
AC Motor Systems
12 (300)
AXH
0.710.02
(180.5)
AXU
1.42 (36)
0.14 (3.5)
Driver Input Signal Cable (Included)

For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W
FBL2
CN4: 1-178293-3 (AMP)
Holes

DC Input
AC Input
CN1: 1-179276-3 (AMP)
2.520.008
(640.2)
1.02
(26)
0.14 (3.5)
BX
2.76 (70)
0.18 1.850.02
(4.5) (470.5)
CN3: Connection to Motor
CN2: 1-171825-2 (AMP)

CN1: 171825-2 (AMP)
0.14
(3.5)
5.12 (130)
4.760.02 (1210.5)
0.18 (4.5)
Introduction
2.13 (54)
1.360.008 0.24 (6)
(34.50.2)
2.80 (71)
0.16
(4)
0.39 max. (10)

0.67 max.(17)
AXHD15K, AXHD30K, AXHD50K

d A298

Connection Diagrams
15 W, 30 W, 50 W
100 W
Driver
Power supply connection

24 VDC (10%)
Power Supply
2
1
ON (L level): Start
OFF (H level): Stop
ON (L level): Run
Brake Input OFF (H level): Brake
Rotation Direction ON (L level): CW
OFF (H level): CCW
Switching Input
Speed Potentiometer ON (L level): Internal
Selection Input
OFF (H level): External
Start/Stop Input
Alarm Reset Input
ON (L level): Reset
OFF (H level): Normal
Black
White
Gray
Brown
Purple
Driver
GND
Power supply connection

24 VDC (10%)
Power Supply
CN1
24 V
12 N.C.
Alarm Output
11 START/STOP
Speed Output
10 RUN/BRAKE
9 CW/CCW
GND
Green
Yellow
INT.VR./EXT. Input
7 ALARM-RESET Input CN2

(I/O)
VRH
Orange
GND
Red
Speed Output
Brown
Alarm Output
5
4
VRM
VRL
GND
2
1
SPEED Output
Red
Orange
External DC
05 VDC +
Power Supply 1 mA min. _
Yellow
Green
Purple
(L level): Reset
Alarm Reset Input ON
OFF (H level): Normal
Speed Potentiometer ON (L level): Internal Brown
Selection Input
OFF (H level): External
Gray
Rotation Direction ON (L level): CW
OFF (H level): CCW
Switching Input
White
(L level): Run
Brake Input ON
OFF (H level): Brake
Black
(L level): Start
Start/Stop Input ON
OFF (H level): Stop
6
External DC
05 VDC +
Power Supply 1 mA min. _
Brown
ALARM Output
CN3
INT.VR.
1
2
GND
24 V
ALARM Output
SPEED Output
3
4
GND
VRL
VRM
CN1
CN2
Pin No.
VRH
CN2
7 ALARM-RESET Input (I/O)
8
9
INT.VR./EXT. Input
CW/CCW
10 RUN/BRAKE
2
4
6
8
10
12
1
3
5
7
9
11
Board
11 START/STOP
12 N.C.
INT.VR.
Motor
Motor
Motor
Motor CN3
Motor CN4
When the motor cable needs to be extended, use an optional extension cable [sold separately, 4.9 ft. (1.5 m)].
Extension CablePage B-69
Timing Chart
Max. 10 ms
Run/Brake
2-speed switching/stop
Rotation direction switching
2500r/min
1000r/min
CW(Clockwise)
Motor operation pattern
CCW (Counterclockwise)
START/STOP Input
OFF (H level)
ON (L level)
CW/CCW Input
OFF (H level)
ON (L level)
START
START
CW
RUN/BRAKE Input
B-66
OFF (H level)
ON (L level)
INT.VR./EXT.Input
OFF (H level)
ON (L level)
SPEED Output
OFF (H level)
ON (L level)
RUN
EXT.
INT.VR.
EXT.
CCW
CW
RUN
RUN
INT.VR.
EXT.
Features B-58
Run/stop, instantaneous stopping and rotation direction

switching operations can all be controlled with the
START/STOP, RUN/BRAKE and CW/CCW signals.
If both the START/STOP signal and the RUN/BRAKE
signal are set to ON (L level), the motor rotates. At this
time, if the CW/CCW signal is set to ON (L level), then
the motor rotates clockwise as seen from the motor
shaft side; if the CW/CCW signal is set to OFF (H
level), the motor rotates in the counterclockwise
direction.
If the RUN/BRAKE signal is set to OFF (H level) while
the START/STOP signal is ON (L level), the motor stops
instantaneously. If the START/STOP signal is set to
OFF (H level) while the RUN/BRAKE signal is set to ON
(L level), the motor stops naturally.
Wait for 10 ms before switching the other input signals.
Do not switch different input signals simultaneously.
Wait for 10 ms before switching the other input signals.
Specifications B-60

Output Circuit
Driver internal circuit
(Internal circuit)
5 V
10 k
2.2 k
Input
2SC2458
equivalent
Output
C-MOS
External use
condition
26.4 VDC Max.
10 mA Max.
GND
0.1 F
GND
Driver
Vcc
FBL2
Switch capacity: 24 VDC 10 mA
Brake
CW
CCW
External
Internal
11
START/STOP
10
RUN/BRAKE
CW/CCW
INT.VR./EXT. Input
ALARM-RESET Input
equivalent
GND
CN2
(I/O)
SPEED Output
VRH
VRM
VRL
SPEED Output
ALARM Output
Motor speed (r/min)
Speed output frequency [Hz]

60 [r/min ]
30
SPEED output frequency (Hz)
Control by Controller
1
T
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
GND
US
The system outputs pulse signals (with a width of 0.3 ms) at

a rate of 30 pulses per rotation of the motor output shaft,
synchronized with the motor drive. You can measure the
SPEED output frequency and calculate the motor speed.
ES
2SC2458
Transistor output type

Controller
Driver
0.3 ms
T
Transistor
Input
GND
START/STOP
RUN/BRAKE
CW/CCW
INT.VR./EXT.
ALARM-RESET
GND
ALARM Output
The ALARM output is normally at the ON (L level) and
switches to the OFF (H level) when there is an alarm.
ALARM-RESET
C-MOS type
Controller
Driver
5V
Input
C-MOS
GND
START/STOP
RUN/BRAKE
CW/CCW
INT.VR./EXT.
ALARM-RESET
When the motor is stopped, setting this signal to the ON (L

level), then returning it to the OFF (H level) resets the alarm.
Please return either the START/STOP input or the
RUN/BRAKE input to the OFF (H level) before inputting the
ALARM-RESET. The ALARM-RESET is not accepted if both
these signals are at the ON (L level).
GND
Notes:
Output signal is open collector output, so an external power supply (Vcc) is
required.
Use a power supply of no more than 26.4 VDC and connect a limit resistance
(R) so that the output current does not exceed 10 mA. When using neither the
speed output function nor the alarm output function, this connection is not
required.
Dimensions B-62
B-67
AC Motor Systems
BHF
OFF
ON
N.C.
AXH
Run
12
AXU
Stop
SPEED
ALARM

DC Input
AC Input
Controller
BX
Example of Output Circuit Connection

Output Signal Connections
Example of Input Circuit Connection

Control by Small Capacity Relay, Switch,
or Similar Device
Start
Introduction
START/STOP
RUN/BRAKE
CW/CCW
INT.VR./EXT.
ALARM-RESET

Input Circuit
Speed Setting Method

Speed Control by Internal Potentiometer
When INT.VR/EXT. input is set to the ON (L level), the speed can be set with the internal speed potentiometer. There is no need
for this connection when the internal potentiometer is not used.
Driver
8
ON
OFF
3
High
speed
When separating the motor speed setting from the driver,

connect the optional external potentiometer as follows.
When setting the motor speed with an external DC voltage,

do so in the following manner.
External speed potentiometer

PAVR-20KZ (Sold separately)
External DC power supply

3500
3000
Speed [r/min]
Driver
1 2 3
3500
05 VDC
1 mA Min.

6
5
4
2500
Driver
2500
2000
1500
3000
Speed [r/min]
High speed
2000
1500
1000
1000
500
500
20
40
60
80
100
DC voltage [VDC]
Dial plate value
DC VoltageSpeed Characteristics
External Potentiometer ScaleSpeed Characteristics


Extension Cable
The maximum extended length is 6.6 ft. (2 m).
For 15 W, 30 W, 50 W
Two types of cables are available. Covered lead wire type and ribbon cable type.
CC02AXH [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]
FC02HBL [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]

4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
Driver
Side
Housing
1722118 (AMP)
Housing
1718228(AMP)
Motor
Side
Driver
Side
Motor
Side
Housing
1718228 (AMP)
Housing
1722118 (AMP)
For 100 W
CC02AXH2 [4.9 ft. (1.5 m)]
4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
1-178288-3 (AMP)
1-177648-3 (AMP)
Driver
Side
Motor
Side
51103-0500 (MOLEX)
B-68
51198-0500 (MOLEX)
Features B-58
Specifications B-60

Introduction
BX
AXU
AXH

AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
BHF
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Additional Information
Technical ReferenceF-1
General Information G-1
BHF Series B-70

ES01/ES02 B-86
US Series B-116
B-69
AC Motor Systems
ES
AC Motor Systems
AC Motor Systems
BHF Series
200 W (1/4 HP)
Frame Size: 4.09 in. sq. (104 mm sq.)
The BHF Series consists of a high-power 200 W (1/4 HP) AC
speed-control motor combined with a dedicated inverter.
Each motor comes pre-assembled with a gearhead.
The combination type (Pre-assembled Gearmotors) comes with the
installation in equipment. Motors and gearheads are also available
separately so they can be on hand to make changes or repairs.
BHF Series
Features
Excellent speed stability
Wiring length of up to 164 feet (50 m)
The combination of a dedicated inverter with a motor

achieves excellent speed stability with a fluctuation of only
3%. The inverter is already optimized for use with the
gearmotor, so detail adjustments are not required to achieve
accurate speed control.
The wiring distance between the motor and inverter can be

extended to a maximum of 164 feet (50 m).
Automatic control of an electromagnetic brake

The AC speed-control system with an electromagnetic brake
allows automatic on/off control of the electromagnetic brake
(power off activated type) on the inverter side. No longer will
it be necessary to prepare a separate power supply or
program a control sequence.
Smallest frame size among 200 W (1/4 HP) motors

The BHF Series achieves an output of 200 W (1/4 HP), the
highest among Oriental Motors standard AC motors, with the
smallest frame size [4.09 inch (104 mm) square] in that
class. This allows for a reduction in the size of your
equipment.

Standards
Certification Body Standards File No.
CE Marking
UL1004
UL2111
CSA C22.2 No.100
UL
Full-range functionality
The BHF Series offers a variety of functions such as alarm
output, speed monitor output and individual
acceleration/deceleration setting. The driver also has a builtin I/O power supply.
Wide product variations

Pre-assembled gearmotors are available in a right-angle
shaft type equipped with a hypoid gear (hollow shaft, solid
shaft) and a parallel shaft type. A wide range of gear ratios
are available. An electromagnetic brake type is also
available.
Global specifications
The BHF Series conforms to international power-supply
voltage specifications, including single-phase 100-115 VAC,
single-phase 200-230 VAC and three-phase 200-230 VAC.
All units comply with the UL/CSA standards and bear the CE
mark as proof of compliance with the Low Voltage Directive
and EMC Directive.
E64197
CSA C22.2 No.77

Motor
EN60950
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
Conforms to EN/IEC Standards
IEC60034-11
Low Voltage
Directives /
EMC Directives
IEC60664-1
UL508C
Inverter
CSA C22.2 No.14

EN50178
EN60950
UL
E171462
Conforms to EN/IEC Standards
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names
on the motor and inverter nameplates are the approved model names.
List of Motor CombinationsPage B-85
EMC level must be checked with the motor/inverter incorporated in the users
equipment.
B-70
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Regeneration Unit
(Accessories)
( Page A-218)
Introduction
BX
Flexible Coupling
(Accessories)
( Page A-208)
Mounting Bracket
(Accessories)
( Page A-204)
(Not Supplied)
FBL2
Combination Type
( Pre-assembled Gearmotor )
Inverter
AXU
AC
Power Supply
ES
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Product Number Code
BHF 6 2 A M T- 100 RH
Series
BHF Series
Output
Motor Frame
Power
Size
2: 200W
6: 4.09 in. sq.
(104 mm sq.)
Dimensions B-76
Voltage
A: Single-Phase
100-115 VAC
C: Single-Phase
200-230 VAC
S: Three-Phase
200-230 VAC
None: without Electromagnetic Brake

M: with Electromagnetic
Brake
Motor and Inverter Combinations B-85
T: Terminal
Box Type
Gear Ratio or
Shaft Type
Number:
Gear Ratio
A: Round Shaft
Type
Gearhead Type
(Combination type only)
None: Parallel Shaft
RH: Right-Angle Hollow
Shaft Type
RA: Right-Angle Solid
Shaft Type
B-71
AC Motor Systems
BHF Series
BHF
External Speed
Potentiometer
(Accessories)
( Page A-216)
AXH
(Not Supplied)

(Accessories)
( Page A-217)

AC Input
DC Input
Programmable
Controller
Product Line
Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake

Combination Type
Speed Control System

Combination Type
Type
Model
Single-Phase
Combination Type
with Right-Angle
Hollow Shaft
BHF62AT-RH
100-115 VAC
Single-Phase
BHF62CT-RH
200-230 VAC
Solid Shaft
Three-Phase
100-115 VAC
Single-Phase
Single-Phase
100-115 VAC
Single-Phase
with Right-Angle
5180
BHF62AT-RA
5180
Three-Phase
200-230 VAC
5180
BHF62AT-
3180
BHF62CT-
3180
BHF62ST-
3180
Single-Phase
200-230 VAC
Three-Phase
Single-Phase
5180
BHF62ST-RA
100-115 VAC
200-230 VAC
with Right-Angle
Solid Shaft
Three-Phase
200-230 VAC
5180
BHF62ST-RH
BHF62CT-RA
200-230 VAC
Combination Type
5180
Combination Type
200-230 VAC
with Parallel Shaft
Single-Phase
Hollow Shaft
Single-Phase
with Right-Angle
Type
Combination Type
200-230 VAC
Combination Type
Gear Ratio
100-115 VAC
Single-Phase
200-230 VAC
Three-Phase
200-230 VAC
Single-Phase
100-115 VAC
Combination Type
Single-Phase
with Parallel Shaft
200-230 VAC
Three-Phase
200-230 VAC
Model
Gear Ratio
BHF62AMT-RH
5180
BHF62CMT-RH
5180
BHF62SMT-RH
5180
BHF62AMT-RA
5180
BHF62CMT-RA
5180
BHF62SMT-RA
5180
BHF62AMT-
3180
BHF62CMT-
3180
BHF62SMT-
3180
Round Shaft Type
Round Shaft Type

Power Supply
Type
Round Shaft Type
Type
Model
BHF62AT-A
BHF62CT-A
BHF62ST-A
Round Shaft Type
Power Supply
Model
BHF62AMT-A
BHF62CMT-A
BHF62SMT-A
Specifications
RrC
Speed Control System

Combination Type
Model
Round Shaft Type

Output Power
BHF62CT-RH
BHF62ST-RH
BHF62AT-RA
BHF62CT-RA
BHF62ST-RA
BHF62AT-
BHF62CT-
BHF62ST-
BHF62AT-A
BHF62CT-A
1/4 (200)
BHF62ST-A
HP (W)
Rated Speed
r/min
Rated Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Starting Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Permissible Torque
1500
180 (1.27)
180 (1.27)
1001500 r/min: 180 (1.27)
oz-in (Nm)
1800 r/min: 151 (1.07), 2400 r/min: 85 (0.6)
oz-in2 (104 kgm2)
Speed Control Range
44 (8)
1002400
r/min
Voltage
Power Source
BHF62AT-RH
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC10%

50 Hz/60 Hz
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC10%
Rated Input Current
5.4 A
3.1 A
1.75 A
Max. Input Current
8.3 A
4.9 A
3% Max. (0Rated Torque, at 1500 r/min)
2.7 A
Frequency
Load
Speed Regulation
Voltage
3% Max. (Power supply voltage 10% at 1500 r/min with no load)
Temperature
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for the round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for the Combination Types Page B-75
The values for each specification applies to the motor only.
B-72
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Combination Type
Model
Round Shaft Type

Output Power
BHF62CMT-RH
BHF62SMT-RH
BHF62AMT-RA
BHF62CMT-RA
BHF62SMT-RA
BHF62AMT-
BHF62CMT-
BHF62SMT-
BHF62AMT-A
BHF62CMT-A
BHF62SMT-A
HP (W)
r/min
Rated Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Starting Torque
oz-in (Nm)
Permissible Torque
1/4 (200)
1500
180 (1.27)
180 (1.27)
1001500 r/min: 180 (1.27)
oz-in (Nm)
(104
Speed Control Range
1800 r/min: 151 (1.07), 2400 r/min: 85 (0.6)
kgm2)
44 (8)
r/min
1002400
50 Hz/60 Hz
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC10%
Rated Input Current
5.4 A
3.1 A
1.75 A
Max. Input Current
8.3 A
4.9 A
2.7 A
Frequency
Power Source
3% Max. (0Rated Torque, at 1500 r/min)
Load
Speed Regulation
Brake Torque
3% Max. (Power supply voltage 10% at 1500 r/min with no load)
Temperature

oz-in (Nm)
210 (1.5)
ES
US
Speed Control System / Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Item
Specifications
Acceleration/Deceleration Time 0.125 seconds (at 1000 r/min)

Any one of the following methods:

1. By built-in potentiometer (1 piece) 2. By external potentiometer (20 k 1/4 W) 3. By DC voltage control (05 VDC)
Photocoupler input
Input Signal
Input impedance 2.4 k
Operates at 12 VDC
Common to CW/CCW, Speed setting mode selection, Slow down, Alarm reset
Output Signal
Open collector output
External use conditions
26.4 VDC, 10 mA max.
Common to SPEED OUT (12P/R), ALARM OUT

If any of the protective functions of the inverter are triggered, the ALM output will be turned off and the ALM LED on the front panel of the
inverter will blink or turn on while the motor current is interrupted to stop the motor.
Overload protection: A load exceeding the rated torque has been applied to the motor for 5 seconds or more.
Overvoltage protection: The voltage applied to the inverter has exceeded the rated voltage by approximately 30% or more.
Protection Functions
The motor is being operated beyond the lowering operation's ability.

Overcurrent protection: An excessive current is flowing within the inverter.
Undervoltage protection: The power-supply voltage has dropped below the rated voltage by approximately 15% or more.
Circuit overheat protection: The ambient operating temperature for the inverter has exceeded its upper limit.
Motor open circuit protection: The motor cable has an open circuit or improper connection.
EEPROM Error: An error was detected in the EEPROM.
Rating
Continuous
Dimensions B-76
Class B (266F [130C])
B-73
AC Motor Systems
The permissible load inertia specified above is only applicable for the round shaft types. Permissible Load Inertia for the Combination Types Page B-75
The values for each specification applies to the motor only.
BHF
Connecting the regeneration unit [Accessories (Sold Separately)], Max. output 100 W (5 minutes rating)
Lowering Operation
AXH
Electromagnetic Brake Holding
Voltage
AXU
FBL2
Voltage

AC Input
DC Input
oz-in2
BX
Introduction
Rated Speed
RrC
BHF62AMT-RH
Speed Control System with Electromagnetic Brake
Item
Motor
Inverter
100 M or more when measured by a 500 VDC megger between the
100 M or more when measured by a 500 VDC megger between the
power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth terminal and
windings and the frame after rated motor operation under normal
between the power supply input terminal and the I/O terminal after
continuous operation under normal ambient temperature and

humidity.
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV (3 kV) at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the
between the power supply input terminal and the Protective Earth
windings and the frame for 1minute after rated motor operation under
terminal (between the power supply input terminal and the I/O
normal ambient temperature and humidity.
terminal) for 1 minute after continuous operation under normal

126F (70C) or less in the coil, as measured by the resistance change

Temperature Rise
method after rated operation with gearhead or similar heat radiation
plate installed.
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
14F104F (10C to 40C)
14F122F (10C to 50C) for 100/200 VAC


IP54 (excluding the motor-installation surface of the round shaft type) IP10
Size of heat radiation plate: 9.06 inch 9.06 inch (230 mm 230 mm), 0.20 inch (5 mm) in thickness (material: aluminum)
Permissible Torque for Combination Type

Right-Angle Shaft
Unit = Upper values: lb-in/Lower values: Nm
Gear Ratio
Motor Output Speed
Model
1001500 r/min
BHF62AT-RH/RA, BHF62AMT-RH/RA
BHF62CT-RH/RA, BHF62CMT-RH/RA
BHF62ST-RH/RA, BHF62SMT-RH/RA
1800 r/min
2400 r/min
15
30
50
100
180
40
4.6
34
3.9
19.4
2.2
73
8.3
61
7
34
3.9
123
13.9
103
11.7
58
6.6
240
27.8
200
23.4
115
13.1
350
40
320
37
193
21.9
480
54.5
480
54.5
380
43
530
60
530
60
530
60
Direction of rotation of the motor and that of the gear output shaft are the opposite.
Parallel Shaft
Gear Ratio
Motor Output Speed
Model
1001500 r/min
BHF62AT-, BHF62AMT-
BHF62CT-, BHF62CMT-
BHF62ST-, BHF62SMT-
1800 r/min
2400 r/min
15
30
50
100
180
30
3.4
25
2.9
14.1
1.6
50
5.7
42
4.8
23
2.7
91
10.3
76
8.7
43
4.9
145
16.4
122
13.8
68
7.7
290
32.8
240
27.6
137
15.5
350
40
350
40
210
24.3
350
40
350
40
350
40
350
40
350
40
350
40

The overhung load and thrust load of the gearhead's output shaft affect the bearing life. Make sure the overhung load and thrust
load do not exceed the values shown in the table below.
Permissible Overhung Load [lb. (N)]
Model
BHF62
BHF62
BHF62
BHF62
BHF62
BHF62
T-RH
MT-RH
T-RA
MT-RA
T-
MT-
Gear Ratio
530
50180
530
50180
330
50180

0.39 inch (10 mm)
270 (1200)
490 (2200)
200 (900)
380 (1700)
123 (550)
146 (650)

0.79 inch (20 mm)
240 (1100)
450 (2000)
220 (1000)
410 (1850)
180 (800)
220 (1000)

lb. (N)
67 (300)
67 (300)
45 (200)
With the hollow shaft type, the permissible overhung load is measured from the flange-mounting surface.
Enter the voltage (A, C, S) in the box ( ).
Permissible Overhung Load and Thrust Load for Round Shaft Type Page A-11
B-74
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Unit = Upper values: oz-in2/Lower values: 104 kgm2
Model
/
BHF62 T-RH, BHF62
BHF62
MT-RH, BHF62
BHF62
T-
BHF62
MT-
Gear Ratio
T-RA
15
30
50
100
180
MT-RA
98
270
880
2400
9800
27000
27000
27000
18
50
162
450
1800
5000
5000
5000
Introduction
Enter the voltage (A, C, S) in the box ( ).

BX
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
85 oz-in
(0.6 Nm)
100

1800 r/min

AC Input
DC Input
150
50
2400 r/min
BHF
500
1500
1000
Speed [r/min]
2000
2500
ES
The BHF Series achieves stable speed control during

gravitational operation.
Gravitational operation ability
-0.8
-0.4
-150
85 oz-in
(0.6 Nm)
-100
-50
500
1000
1500 2000 2500

1800
2400
Speed [r/min]
Work
Use the time shown below as a guideline when performing

continuous gravitational operation:
W
:
Operating range in which regenerative power is 100 W or less
Allowable time for continuous gravitational operation: 1 minute, 30% ED
Regenerative power
The regenerative power may be calculated roughly using the
equation shown below for reference.
Regenerative power (W) = 0.1047 TL [Nm] N [r/min]
TL: Load torque N: Speed
Use the electromagnetic-brake type for gravitational operation.
Torque [oz-in]
-1.2
Regenerative power: 100 W (5-minute rating)

Instantaneous regenerative power: 300 W
Dimensions B-76
180 oz-in
(1.27 Nm)
151 oz-in
(1.07 Nm)
-200
Torque [Nm]
During vertical movement (gravitational operation), such as

the application illustrated below, normally an external force
causes the motor to rotate and function as a power
generator. If this energy is applied to the inverter, an error
will occur. A regeneration unit (sold separately ) can convert
regenerative energy into thermal energy for dissipation. Use
the optional regeneration unit EPRC-400P when using the
motor for vertical drive applications or when braking a large
inertial load quickly.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
-1.6
US
Vertical Drive (Gravitational Operation)
:
Operating range in which regenerative power exceeds 100 W
Allowable time for continuous gravitational operation: 1 minute, 20% ED
Example: 1 minute, 30%
Under gravitational operation: 60 seconds
Non-gravitational operation: 140 seconds
60 seconds (1 minute) is the maximum continuous gravitational
operation time allowed.
B-75
AC Motor Systems
151 oz-in
(1.07 Nm)
AXH
0.5
200
1/4 HP (200 W)
AXU
1.0
180 oz-in
(1.27 Nm)
FBL2
The characteristics shown below are only applicable for the motors only.
Continuous Duty Region: Continuous operation is possible in this region.
Common to BHF Series
1.5
Permissible Load Inertia J for the Combination Type

Mounting screws are included with combination type motor. Page B-133
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft)

BHF62AT-RH, BHF62CT-RH, BHF62ST-RH
Motor Model: BHM62T-G2
Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RH
Weight: 22 lb. (10.0 kg)
d A301
6.30 (160)
4.30 (109.3)
6.06 (154)
1.18 (30)
1.18 (30)
1.57 (40)
4.65 (118)
3.90 (99)
2.28350.0018
0
( 580.046
)
4.02 (102)
0.35 (9)
Section AA'
(Detail drawing of output shaft)
0.98430.0013
0
( 250.033
0
)
0.0016
0
0.04
8 0
0.31
Groove for Retaining Ring

1.03 +0.008
( 26.20.21
)
0
0
0.19 (4.8)
2.44 (62)
2
0.0
1.69 (43)
2.95 (75)
1.10 Max.
(28 Max.)
0.06 (1.5)
0.59
(15)
Flange
Mounting
Surface
0.16
(4)
0.63 (16)
4.06 (103)
0.59
(15) 0.06 (1.5)

)
.72 0.5
4 20
1

(
1.11
(28.3)
4.09 (104)
A'
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
2.60 (66)
Use cable (VCTF) with a diameter of 0.24 inch (6 mm)0.47 inch (12 mm).
Details of Terminal Box Page A-224
B-76
0
250.2
0
80.036
0.9840.008
0.31500.0014
Key (Included) (Scale 1/2)
0.27560.0014
0
70.036
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
BHF62AT-RA, BHF62CT-RA, BHF62ST-RA

Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RA
d A302
4.65 (118)
3.90 (99)
1.26
(32)
0.16 (4)
AXU
1.89 (48)
FBL2
0
0
0.86610.0008
( 220.021
)
0.96 (24.5)
AXH
0
2.28350.0018 ( 580.046
)
0
4.02 (102)
2.44 (62)
02
0.
0.5
US
4.09 (104)
ES
0
2
1
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
2.60 (66)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Parallel Shaft)

BHF62AT-, BHF62CT-, BHF62ST-
Gearhead Model: BH6G2-
d A304
0
1.69 (43)
Key and Key Slot (Included) (Scale 1/2)

At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed
into the key slot.
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.5710.004
0
(14.50.1)
4.06 (103)
0.98
(25)
2.44 (62)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
0.70870.0007
0
(180.018)
0.35 (9)
0.79 (20)
0.81 (20.5)
1.65 (42)
2.95 (75)
1.10 Max.
(28 Max.)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03)
.02
20
4.7 00.5 )
2
1
(
0.41 (10.5)
6.30 (160)
0.20 (5)
2.83 (72)
1.65 (42)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
4.09 (104)
Dimensions B-76
B-77
AC Motor Systems
72
.
4
1.69 (43)
0.35 (9)
BHF
2.95 (75)
1.10 Max.
(28 Max.)

AC Input
DC Input
0.63 (16)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03)
BX
4.06 (103)
1.2600.008
(320.2)
Introduction
0.7280.004
0
(18.50.1
)

At the time of shipment, the parallel key is pressed into the key slot.
6.06 (154)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
6.30 (160)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Solid Shaft)
2.95 (75)
1.10 Max.
(28 Max.)
BHF62AT-A, BHF62CT-A, BHF62ST-A

Motor Model: BHM62T-A
d A308
0.35 (9)
2.44
(62)
1.69
(43)
0
0.55120.0007
0.41 (10.5)
6.30 (160)
0.08 (2)
0
(940.035
)
1.18
(30)
0
3.70080.0014
0.51 (13)
0
(140.018
)
4.06 (103)
Round Shaft Type
.02
20
4.7 00.5)
2
1
(
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
1.46(37)
4.09 (104)
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Hollow Shaft)

BHF62AMT-RH, BHF62CMT-RH, BHF62SMT-RH
Motor Model: BHM62MT-G2
Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RH
Weight: 25.3 lb. (11.5 kg)
d A384
4.30 (109.3)
0.59
(15) 0.06 (1.5)
6.06 (154)
4.06
(103)
0.63 (16)
3.90 (99)
4.65 (118)
8.66 (220)
1.57 (40)
4.02 (102)
0
2.2835 0.046
0
(58 0.046)
6.89 (175)
3.94 (100)
0.59
(15)
Groove for Retaining Ring

1.03 +0.008
( 26.20.21
)
0
0
Section AA'
(Detail drawing of output shaft)
2.91 (74)
0.0016
0
0.04
0 )
0.0013
0
0.033
)
0
0.9843
(8
(25
1.11 (28.3)
4.09
(104)
0.31
2.28 (58)
1.26Max.
(32 Max.)
0.94
(24)
0.06 (1.5)
Flange
Mounting
Surface
0.19 (4.8)
0.16 (4)
0.41 (10.5)
1.18 (30)
1.18 (30)
A'
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
4
( .72
12
0 0.02
0.5
)
2.60 (66)
B-78
0
250.2
0
80.036
0.9840.008
0.31500.0014
Key (Included) (Scale 1/2)

0
0.27560.0014
0
70.036
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
4.06
(103)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03)
BX
0.63 (16)
3.90 (99)
4.65 (118)
1.2600.008
(320.2)
Introduction
0.7280.004
0
(18.50.1
)

6.06 (154)
8.66 (220)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)
BHF62AMT-RA, BHF62CMT-RA, BHF62SMT-RA

Gearhead Model: BH6G2-RA
Weight: 25.3 lb. (11.5 kg)
d A385
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Right-Angle Solid Shaft)
1.26
(32)
0.16 (4)
1.89 (48)
AXU
FBL2
4.02 (102)
0.8661 0.0008 (22 0.021)

0.96 (24.5)
2.91 (74)
BHF
1.26 Max.
(32 Max.)
02
0.
US
4.09
(104)
0.94
(24)
ES
.5)
2
.7 0
4 20
1
(
Motor/Gearhead (Combination Type with Parallel Shaft)
2.60 (66)
0.5710.004
0
(14.50.1)
0.9840.008
(250.2)
1.26 Max.
(32 Max.)
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03
)

BHF62AMT-, BHF62CMT-, BHF62SMT-

Gearhead Model: BH6G2-
d A386
6.89 (175)
3.94 (100)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
0.23620.0012
0
(60.03)
2.91 (74)
0.70870.0007
0
2.28 (58)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
4.06
(103)
4.09
(104)
0.94
(24)
0.98
(25)
0.79 (20)
0.81 (20.5)
1.65 (42)
(18 0.018)
.02
20
4.7 0.5)
0
( 12
0.41 (10.5)
8.66 (220)
0.20 (5)
2.83 (72)
1.65
(42)
Dimensions B-76
B-79
AC Motor Systems
2.28 (58)
6.89 (175)
3.94 (100)
AXH
2.2835 0.0018(58 0.046)

AC Input
DC Input
0.41 (10.5)
6.89 (175)
3.94 (100)
2.91 (74)
0.41 (10.5)
4.09
(104)
(94
0
0.035)
3.7008 0.0014
4.06
(103)
1.18
(30)
0.51 (13)
2.28 (58)
1.26 Max.
(32 Max.)
0.5512 0.0007 (14 0.018)
BHF62AMT-A, BHF62CMT-A, BHF62SMT-A

Motor Model: BHM62MT-A
d A387
0.94
(24)
Round Shaft Type
0.02
72 0.5)
4.

20
( 1
0.08 (2)
1.46
(37)
8.66 (220)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
Inverter
Mounting Tab
(1 set of 2 pieces included)
1.85 (47)
0.55 Max.
(14 Max.)
1.85 (47)
Pitch 0.15 (3.81)

5.31 (135)
Pitch 0.3 (7.62)
3.5 (89)
0.35
(9)
0.73
(18.5)
0.71
(18)
M4 P0.7,
2 Places
0.2 Max.
(5 Max.)
Mounting Method for Hollow Shaft

Gearheads
0.126 (3.2)
Countersink2 Places R0.09
(R2.25)
0.08 (2)
M3 P0.5,
11 Places
Recommended size of inner diameter for the

hollow shaft and load shaft
Unitinch (mm)
These diagrams show how to mount loads depending on the

shape of the shaft.
The tolerance of the inner diameter for the hollow shaft is
finished as H8, and "key slot" processing is given to mount
the load shaft. The recommended tolerance of the load shaft
is h7. Use the key provided with the product by fastening it to
the shaft. Apply a coating of molybdenum disulfide or similar
grease to the inner diameter of the load shaft to prevent
binding. Recommended load shaft dimensions are shown to
the right.
Stepped-Down Shaft
0.93 0.3 (7.5)

(23.5)
4C2
0.71
(18)
1.26
(32)
4.72 (120)
0.25
(6.32)
M3 P0.5,
5 Places
0.18 (4.5)
0.73
(18.5)
FSP200-1, FSP200-2, FSP200-3

d A390
BH6G2-RH
Model
Inner diameter of hollow shaft H8
0.9843 0.0013
(25 0.033
)
0
0
Recommended load shaft diameter h7
0.9843 00.0008 (25 00.021 )
Replace the safety cover after installing the load shaft.

Note:
Be careful not to apply a shock to the hollow shaft when mounting a load. It may
damage the bearing inside the gearhead.
Straight Load Shaft

Hollow Shaft
Hollow Shaft
Spacer
Load Shaft
Spacer
Flat Washer
Load Shaft
Flat Washer
Bolt (M6)
Bolt (M6)
Spring Washer
Spring Washer
Retaining Ring for Hole
Retaining Ring for Hole

Spacer
B-80
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Built-in Potentiometer
Display
Function
SPEED
Built-in speed potentiometer
SS
Acceleration time potentiometer
SD
Deceleration time potentiometer
LED Display
Lighting Condition
POWER
Power indicator
Turns on (green)
while power is being supplied.
ALARM
Alarm indicator
Turns on (red) or blinks when

an alarm is triggered.
SPEED
POWER
SS
H
Switch
SD
ALARM
BX
RG
Input/Output Signal Terminals Block

Signal
IN-COM Ground terminal for input signals Ground terminal for input signals.
MB+
Electromagnetic brake terminals

MB-
I-COM
MO
FREE
Speed-setting mode
selection input
Built-in/external speed-setting
selection input
NC
NC
Electromagnetic brake
release input
Electromagnetic brake releases/locks

selection input
RST
Alarm reset input
This input is used to reset the alarm while

in an energized state in the event any
protective function of the inverter is
activated.
TP
Thermal signal input
This input is used to connect the lead wire

of the regeneration units internal thermal
protector when the braking regeneration
unit (sold separately) is used.
H, M, L
Speed-setting
mode selection input
These are connected for speed control via

the external speed potentiometer or
external DC voltage.
S-MON
Speed monitor output
This output is used to monitor the motor

speed. Pulse signals at a rate of 12 pulses
per revolution of the motor output shaft.
ALM
Alarm output
When the protective function is activated,

this output is set to OFF (H) and the
motor stops.
O-COM
Ground terminal for output signals Ground terminal for output signals.
ALM
O-COM
Protective Earth terminals

(2 locations)
ORIENTAL MOTOR
The unit shown above uses a single-phase 100/115 V power-supply input.
Dimensions B-76
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
FREE
US
Instantaneous stop/slow down stop

selection input
ES
Slow down input
TP
S-MON
FG
SD
NC
B-81
AC Motor Systems
MO
BHF
RST
L
N
Counterclockwise rotation/stop
selection input
AXH
NC
SD
Power connection terminals
Clockwise rotation/stop selection input
Counterclockwise
rotation input
NC
100/
115V
Clockwise rotation input
CCW
CCW
Motor connection terminals
CW
AXU
CW
FBL2
Display

AC Input
DC Input
Regeneration unit terminals
Set the switch to H if the cable between the motor and inverter is less than
32.8 ft. (10 m) in length. Set it to L if the cable length exceeds 32.8 ft. (10
m).
Introduction
Function
Display
Connection Diagrams
Single-phase 100-115 VAC,
Single-phase 200-230 VAC
SPEED
POWER
SS
H
L
OFF
SD
ON
ALARM
Regeneration unit 1 [Accessories (sold separately)]
OFF
ON
400
Thermal protector lead wires
To I-COM
OFF
RG
To TP
ON
OFF
ON
MB+
OFF
I-COM
MB-
ON
CW
OFF
CCW
ON
SW1 Clockwise rotation

/stop selection input
SW2 Counterclockwise rotation
SW3 Speed-setting mode
selection input
SW4 Slow down input
SW5 Electromagnetic brake
release input 3
SW6 Alarm reset input
MO
External DC voltage
NC
24 VDC
0.1 A min.
NC
Power connection
Connect to a single-phase 100-115 VAC 10%,
50/60 Hz power supply.
(FSP200-2: Connect to a single-phase 200-230 VAC 10%,
Circuit breaker
50/60 Hz power supply.)
SD
FREE
TP
100115V
~
N
3
2
1
H
M
Power supply
RST
NC
Regeneration unit
thermal signal input
Speed potentiometer
20 k 1/4 W
[Accessories (sold separately)]
S-MON
ALM
FG
O-COM
ORIENTAL MOTOR
Protective Earth
(screw size: M4)
Three-phase 200-230 VAC

SPEED
POWER
SS
H
L
OFF
SD
Regeneration unit
ON
ALARM
OFF
ON
400
Thermal protector lead wires
To I-COM
OFF
RG
To TP
ON
OFF
ON
MB+
OFF
MB-
I-COM
ON
CW
OFF
CCW
ON
MO
SW1 Clockwise rotation

SW2 Counterclockwise rotation
SW3 Speed-setting mode
selection input
SW4 Slow down input
SW5 Electromagnetic brake
release input 3
SW6 Alarm reset input
External DC voltage
NC
24 VDC
0.1 A min.
NC
SD
FREE
Power connection
Connect to a three-phase 200-230 VAC10%,
50/60 Hz power supply.
TP
Circuit breaker
200-
L2 230V
L3
Power supply
RST
L1
3
2
1
Regeneration unit
thermal signal input
Speed potentiometer
20 k 1/4 W
S-MON
ALM
FG
O-COM
ORIENTAL MOTOR
Protective Earth
(screw size: M4)
See page A-215 for connection of the SDM496 speed indicator.
1 This should be connected only when using a regeneration unit.

2 This should be connected only for a speed control system with an electromagnetic brake.
3 The electromagnetic brake release input can be used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic brake.
Notes:
If the wiring between the motor and inverter needs to be extended by 32.8 ft. (10 m) or more, use a polyethylene-insulated electric wire of AWG16 or
larger. Do not connect more than one cable or allow the overall wiring length to exceed 164 ft. (50 m). Doing so may result in a malfunction.
With the electromagnetic brake type, setting the wiring length too long delays the operation of the electromagnetic brake [by approx. 100 ms at a wiring
length of 164 ft. (50 m)]. To minimize the delay time, use separate cables for the electromagnetic brake cable and motor cable.
Separate the signal and motor cables from noise-generating equipment or power lines.
After connecting each cable to the terminal block, be sure to install the connector cover.
B-82
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
A motor cable is not supplied with the product. Please provide the appropriate cable.
Connecting the Motor

Appropriate lead wires
Connecting the Inverter

Power input terminals, motor connection terminals
Appropriate lead wires
AWG 18 min.
Terminals (Use a crimp terminal for the electromagnetic brake type.)

U-Shape Terminal with Insulation
after crimp
0.24 inch Max.
(6.2 mm Max.)
0.13 inch Min.

(3.2 mm Min.)

0.33 inch Max.
(8.5 mm Max.)
0.24 inch Max.

(6.2 mm Max.)
0.24 inch Max.

(6.2 mm Max.)
Protective Earth
0.35 inch Min.

(9 mm Min.)
0.17 inch Min.

(4.3 mm Min.)
0.67 inch Min.

(17 mm Min.)
FBL2
Protective Earth
I/O signal terminal
0.19 inch Min.

(4.8 mm Min.)
ON (L)
OFF(H)
ON (L)
OFF(H)
MO input
ON (L)
OFF(H)
1500 r/min (External potentiometer)
500 r/min
(Built-in potentiometer)
Motor operation
CW
Acceleration
CW
Deceleration
CW
CCW
Deceleration
CW
CCW
Acceleration
Deceleration
1 2
Electromagnetic
Brake
Release
Release
Release
Release Release
1 The motor will stop if the CW and CCW inputs are simultaneously turned to
ON ("L" level).
2 When the motor runs and/or stops in a short cycle, the electromagnetic brake
may be left released if a shorter time is set for the acceleration/deceleration
time.
Dimensions B-76
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
SLOW
DOWN
input
US
ON (L)
CCW input OFF(H)
All run, stop, direction change and speed change operations can be
controlled by the CW, CCW, M0, and SD input signals.
If the CW input is set to ON ("L" level), the motor rotates in a clockwise
direction as viewed from the shaft end of the motor; if the CW input is
set to OFF ("H" level), the motor stops. If the CCW input is set to ON
("L" level), the motor rotates in a counterclockwise direction as viewed
from the shaft end of the motor; if the CCW input is set to OFF ("H"
level), the motor stops. The acceleration time is set by the built-in
acceleration potentiometer (SS).
If the SD input is set to ON ("L" level), the deceleration time is the value
set by the built-in deceleration potentiometer (SD.)
Turning the M0 input to ON ("L" level) selects the speed set by the
external speed potentiometer. Turning the input to OFF ("H" level)
causes the motor to operate at the speed set by the built-in speed
potentiometer. The timing chart shown at left is based on a built-in
speed-potentiometer setting of 500 r/min and an external speedpotentiometer setting of 1500 r/min.
To release the electromagnetic brake when the motor is stopped, turn
the FREE (electromagnetic brake release) input to ON ("L" level). This
releases the electromagnetic brake and allows the motor's output shaft
to turn freely. (This function is available only with a speed control
system with an electromagnetic brake.)
Note:
While the motor is running, the temperature of the motor case should not
exceed 194F (90C).
B-83
AC Motor Systems
CW input
ES
Timing Chart
BHF
AI 0.25-6
Applicable wiring gauge: AWG 24
AI 0.34-6
AI 0.5-6
AXH
0.37 inch Max.

(9.5 mm Max.)
Phoenix Contact
AXU
When a crimp terminal should be used, use one of the following

terminals:
0.16 inch Min.

(4.1 mm Min.)

AC Input
DC Input
after crimp
0.24 inch Max.
0.15 inch Max.
(6.2 mm Max.)
(3.8 mm Max.)
Terminals
0.14 inch Min.

(3.6 mm Min.)
BX
0.28 inch Max.

(7.2 mm Max.)
0.14 inch Min.

(3.6 mm) Min.
AWG 18 min.
Introduction
Connecting the motor and inverter

Input Circuit

Output Circuit
Common to CW, CCW and SLOW DOWN, FREE, RST inputs.
Common to S-MON, ALM outputs.

Output
680
Input
2.4k
I-COM
O-COM
The FREE input is used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic
brake.
Connection Example for Input Signals

Controlled by Small Capacity Relays
Connection Example for Output Signals

Inverter
I-COM
CW
CCW
MO
SD
FREE
RST
Controller
Vcc
Inverter
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF: Stop
ON: CW Rotation
OFF: Stop
ON: CCW Rotation
OFF: Built-in speed potentiometer
ON: External speed potentiometer
OFF: Brake
ON: Slow down
OFF: Lock
ON: Release
ON: Reset
S-MON
ALM
O-COM
Use a small capacity contact point type relay capable of switching 24 VDC,
5 mA.
The FREE input is used only with a speed control system with electromagnetic
brake.
An external power source is required since the circuit has an open-collector

output configuration as shown in the figure above. There is no need to connect
an external power source if no signal outputs are used. Use an external power
source of 26.4 VDC or below. Connect a limit resistance according to the
power-supply voltage so that the current level doesn't exceed 10 mA.
Speed monitor output: Pulse signals are output at a rate at 12
Electronic Input Control

Controller
pulses per revolution of the motor output

shaft are output.
Inverter
(Note that this is monitoring of the speed
photocoupler
Input
command issued from the inverter to the
I-COM
motor, not that of the speed measured at

the motor's output shaft.)
Motor speed:
S-MON output frequency [Hz]

12
60 [r/min]
Alarm output: This signal is output when a protection function for

overload, circuit overheat, overvoltage,
undervoltage, overcurrent or EEPROM error has
been activated. When an alarm signal is output, this
output is turned to OFF ("H" level) between the
ALARM OUT and GND terminals.
B-84
Features B-70
Specifications B-72
Motor
Gearhead
BH6G2-RH
Inverter
BHF62AT-RA
BH6G2-RA
FSP200-1
BHF62AT-
BH6G2-
BHF62CT-RH
BHF62CT-RA
BH6G2-RH
BHM62T-G2
BH6G2-RA
BH6G2-
BHF62ST-RH
BH6G2-RH
BHF62ST-RA
BH6G2-RA
BHF62ST-
BH6G2-
FSP200-2
FSP200-3
2 3
Round Shaft Speed Control System

Inverter
Motor
FSP200-1
BHF62AT-A
L
BHF62CT-A
AXH
Model
BHM62T-A
FSP200-2
2500
1000
500
Motor
Gearhead
BH6G2-RH
Inverter
BHF62AMT-RA
BH6G2-RA
FSP200-1
BHF62AMT-
BH6G2-
BHF62CMT-RH
20
40
60
80
Dial Plate Value
100
External speed potentiometer scalespeed characteristics


External DC voltage can be used when the MO (speedsetting mode selection input) is set to ON ("L" level). To set
the motor speed via external DC voltage, connect a DC
power supply as illustrated below. Raising the DC voltage
sets a faster speed.
External DC power supply
Inverter
I/O terminal
05 VDC
5 mA Max.
BH6G2-RH
BHM62MT-G2
BH6G2-RA
BHF62CMT-
BH6G2-
BHF62SMT-RH
BH6G2-RH
BHF62SMT-RA
BH6G2-RA
BHF62SMT-
BH6G2-
FSP200-2
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
BHF62CMT-RA
US
Speed [r/ min]
Model
BHF62AMT-RH
ES
1500
FSP200-3
Round Shaft Speed Control System

with Electromagnetic Brake
Model
Inverter
Motor
FSP200-1
BHF62AMT-A
BHF62CMT-A
BHF62SMT-A
BHM62MT-A
FSP200-2
FSP200-3
1 k 1/4 W
Min.
2500
Speed [r/ min]
2000
1500
1000
500
2
3
4
DC Voltage [V]
DC voltagespeed characteristics
Dimensions B-76
B-85
AC Motor Systems
Combination Type Speed Control System

with Electromagnetic Brake
2000
BHF
FSP200-3
BHF62ST-A

AC Input
DC Input
BHF62CT-
AXU
Model
BHF62AT-RH
FBL2
Inverter
I/O terminal
High speed
Combination Type Speed Control System
BX
External potentiometer
Model name for motor/control unit combinations are shown

below
Introduction
The Built-in speed potentiometer is selected when the MO

(speed-setting mode selection input) is set to OFF ("H" level).
Turning the Built-in speed potentiometer clockwise sets a
faster speed, while turning it counterclockwise brings the
motor to a stop.
The external speed potentiometer can be used when the MO
(speed-setting mode selection input) is set to ON ("L" level).
When the optional external speed potentiometer is used,
connect it as illustrated below. Turning the external speed
potentiometer clockwise sets a faster speed.
List of Motor and Inverter

Combinations
Method of Speed Setting

Speed Control by Built-in Potentiometer
AC Motor Speed Controller
ES01/ES02
ES01 and ES02 are Oriental Motor's newest speed
controllers designed for ease of its functions and operations.
A wide range of speed control motors is available for use with
these new controllers.
Features
Compatible with Voltages in All Major Countries
Multi-Functions
Speed Control Range
901400 r/min (50 Hz) 901600 r/min (60 Hz)
Speed Control Function
Acceleration/deceleration function that enables smooth start
and stop
The design conforms to typical global safety standards.

The CE Marking is used in accordance with the EMC
directives and low voltage directives.
Terminals for control-singnal lines
Easy Wiring
Speed Control Function

The ES01/ES02 enables users to regulate the output speed
of motors ranging from 6W to 90W.
IP20-Compliant
The IP20-compliant construction prevents the operator from
touching the terminal block, thereby ensuring a high degree
of safety.
Terminals for power-supply cables
For easy wiring the new design provides separate connector

terminals for power-supply cables and control-signal lines.
Speed Controller Product Line

Speed Controllers
Speed Controller
Model
Voltage
ES01
ES02
Standards
Certification
Body
Standards File No.
UL
E91291
UL508
CSA C.22.2 No.14
CE Marking
Low Voltage
Directive
EMC Directive
EN50178
EN60950
Conform to EN Standards
EN50081-2
EN61000-6-2

EMC level must be checked incorporated in the equipment.
UC
Specifications of Speed Controller

ES01
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC 10%
Model Name
Voltage
ES02
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC 10%
50/60 Hz
Frequency
World K Series: 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W
V Series: 6 W, 15 W, 25 W, 40 W, 60 W, 90 W
Operable Motor Output Power
50 Hz: 901400 r/min, 60 Hz: 901600 r/min
Speed Range
Speed Control, Instantaneous Stop, Acceleration/Deceleration
Function
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the PE terminal and the power supply terminals, all the pins and the frame.
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 3.0 kV at 50 Hz, 60 Hz applied between all the pins and the frame for 1 minute. Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50
Hz, 60 Hz applied between the PE terminals and the power supply terminals for 1 min.
Ambient Temperature Range

Ambient Humidity

IP 20 (with cover)
Notes:
These models cannot be used for applications requiring the control of more than one motor/controller set by the same external potentiometer.
When the motor is commanded to stop immediately, the large braking current will flow to the motor. See page B-115 for the braking current.
DimensionsPage B-103
B-86
Connection and OperationPage B-111

Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Not a standard certified product.
(Page A-214)
Mounting Brackets
(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
Speed Controller
BX
Speed Control Motor

(Sold Separately)
Speed
Controller
AXH
Capacitor Cap
(Included)

AC Input
DC Input
AXU
Gearhead
(Sold Separately)
FBL2
Right-Angle Gearhead
(Sold Separately)
(Page A-189)
AC
Power Supply
Introduction
External
Speed
Potentiometer
(Included with the Speed Controller)
BHF
Speed Control Motor

ES

US
Applicable Speed Control Motor (Sold Separately)
V Series Speed Control Motors 6 W90 W
A tachometer generator built into our standard AC induction

and reversible motors allows a wide range of speed control.
This simple structure delivers high reliability at a low cost,
making this system a popular solution for a wide range of
applications.
The V series speed control motors provide quiet operation,

long life and high strength performance, making them the
perfect solution for many applications. The motor and
gearhead come pre-assembled to make installation easy.
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
World K Series Speed Control Motors 6 W60 W
Speed Control Motors

Standards
Certification
Body
Standards File No.
UL
E64199 (6 W)
E64197 (15 W90 W)
CE Marking
UL1004
UL2111
CSA C.22.2 No.100
CSA C.22.2 No.77
Low Voltage
Directive
EN60950
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
IEC60034-11
Conform to EN Standards
15 W40 W Type
When the motor is approved under various standards, the model name on the
nameplate is the approved model name.
List of Safety Standard Approved ProductsPage G-17, G-18
Dimensions B-103
Motor and Gearhead Combinations B-115
B-87
AC Motor Systems
Capacitor
(Included with
Single-phase motors)
Product Number Code
World K Series Speed Control Motors
For World K Series Gearheads
4 I K 25 R GN AW U
4 GN 50 KA
q w e r t
q Gearhead Frame Size

Gearhead Type
w GN: For use with GN-type pinion shaft motor
GU: For use with GU-type pinion shaft motor
Gear Ratio
e
Example 50: Gear Ratio of 50:1
q Motor Frame Size

I: Induction Motor
w
R: Reversible Motor
e K Series
Output Power (W)
r
Example 25: 25 W
Type of Bearings and Shaft Type

KA: Ball Bearing Type (inch-size)
r RAA: Right Angle Solid Shaft Type (inch size)
RH: Right Angle Hollow Shaft Type
t Speed Control Motor

Motor Shaft Type
GN: Pinion Shaft for use with GN-type gearhead
y
GU: Pinion Shaft for use with GU-type gearhead
A: Round Shaft
Voltage
u AW: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC
CW: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC
With Capacitor for
i U: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC
E: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC
Product Line
World K Series Speed Control Motors

Single-Phase 110/115 VAC
Induction Motors
Output Power
Reversible Motors
HP
Pinion Shaft Type
Round Shaft Type
Pinion Shaft Type
Round Shaft Type
1/125
1/50
6
15
2IK6RGN-AWU
3IK15RGN-AWU
2IK6RA-AWU
3IK15RA-AWU
2RK6RGN-AWU
3RK15RGN-AWU
2RK6RA-AWU
3RK15RA-AWU
1/30
25
4IK25RGN-AWU
4IK25RA-AWU
4RK25RGN-AWU
4RK25RA-AWU
1/19
1/12
40
60
5IK40RGN-AWU
5IK60RGU-AWU
5IK40RA-AWU
5IK60RA-AWU
5RK40RGN-AWU
5RK60RGU-AWU
5RK40RA-AWU
5RK60RA-AWU
Speed Controller
ES01

Induction Motors
Output Power
Reversible Motors
Pinion Shaft Type
1/125
2IK6RGN-CWE
2IK6RA-CWE
2RK6RGN-CWE
2RK6RA-CWE
1/50
15
3IK15RGN-CWE
3IK15RA-CWE
3RK15RGN-CWE
3RK15RA-CWE
1/30
25
4IK25RGN-CWE
4IK25RA-CWE
4RK25RGN-CWE
4RK25RA-CWE
1/19
40
5IK40RGN-CWE
5IK40RA-CWE
5RK40RGN-CWE
5RK40RA-CWE
1/12
60
5IK60RGU-CWE
5IK60RA-CWE
5RK60RGU-CWE
5RK60RA-CWE
HP
Round Shaft Type
Pinion Shaft Type
Gearheads for World K Series (Sold Separately)

Parallel
Gearhead Model
Round Shaft Type
ES02
Right-Angle
Gear Ratio
Type
3180
2GNKA
Gearhead Model
Gear Ratio
4GNRH
Hollow Shaft
3180
3GNKA
3.6180
5GNRH
5GURH
3.6180
4GNRAA
3180
4GNKA
3180
5GNKA
Speed Controller
Solid Shaft
5GNRAA
3180
5GURAA
3180
5GUKA
5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead)
B-88
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Product Number Code
V Series Speed Control Motors
V S I 4 25 A 30 U
q w e r t y
u i
Introduction
q V Series
w Speed Control Motor
I: Induction Motor
e
R: Reversible Motor
r Motor Frame Size
Output Power (W)
t
Example 25: 25 W
Voltage
y A: Single-Phase 100/110/115 VAC
C: Single-Phase 200/220/230 VAC
Gear Ratio
u
Example 30: Gear ratio of 30:1
With Capacitor for
i U: Single-Phase 110-115 VAC
E: Single-Phase 220-230 VAC
BX
AXU
AXH
HP
Induction Motors
Reversible Motors
Speed Controller
Output Power
HP
Induction Motors
Reversible Motors
VSR206A-U
1/125
VSI206C-E
VSR206C-E
VSR315A-U
1/50
15
VSI315C-E
VSR315C-E
1/30
25
VSI425A-U
VSR425A-U
1/30
25
VSI425C-E
VSR425C-E
1/19
40
VSI540A-U
VSR540A-U
1/19
40
VSI540C-E
VSR540C-E
1/12
60
VSI560A-U
VSR560A-U
1/12
60
VSI560C-E
VSR560C-E
1/8
90
VSI590A-U
VSR590A-U
1/8
90
VSI590C-E
VSR590C-E
Dimensions B-103
ES02
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
VSI206A-U
VSI315A-U
US
6
15
ES
1/125
1/50
ES01
Speed Controller
B-89
AC Motor Systems
Output Power
BHF
V Series Speed Control Motors (Combination Type)


AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
Product Line
Specifications of Applicable Motors
World K Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating

Single-Phase 110/115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model
Pinion Shaft Type Round Shaft Type
Z 2IK6RGN-AWU 2IK6RA-AWU
Maximum
Output Power
HP
1/125
T 3IK15RGN-AWU 3IK15RA-AWU 1/50
15
25
40
T 5IK60RGU-AWU 5IK60RA-AWU 1/12
60
Voltage
VAC
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting
Torque
1200 r/min 90 r/min

oz-in mNm oz-in mNm oz-in mNm
Hz
r/min
60
901600
7.1
50
4.9
35
5.6
60
901600
17.7
125
5.9
42
60
901600
26
185
7.1
50
60
901600
31
225
9.5
67
60
901600
69
490
29
210
Power
Current
Capacitor
Consumption
A
40
0.28
29
2.5
9.2
65
0.48
46
4.5
17.0
120
0.75
25
180
28
200
45
320
58
6.5
69
1.1
107
180
18
Z: These motors are impedance protected.

T: These motors contain a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor
temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor restarts. Be sure to turn the motor off before inspecting.
The speed range is under no load conditions.
UC

Model
Maximum
Output Power
HP
Voltage
VAC
Single-Phase 220
Z 2IK6RGN-CWE 2IK6RA-CWE
1/125
6
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
T 3IK15RGN-CWE 3IK15RA-CWE
1/50
15
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
1/30
25
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
1/19
40
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
T 5IK60RGU-CWE 5IK60RA-CWE
1/12
60
Single-Phase 230

Hz
Permissible Torque
Starting
Power
Current
Capacitor
Torque
Consumption
1200 r/min 90 r/min
A
W
F
50
r/min
901400
5.9
42
60
901600
7.1
50
50
901400
6.5
46
60
901600
7.1
50
50
901400
15.6
110
60
901600
17.7
125
50
901400
16.3
115
60
901600
17.7
125
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
28
200
60
901600
25
180
50
901400
42
300
60
901600
39
280
50
901400
45
320
60
901600
36
260
50
901400
65
60
901600
69
50
901400
60
901600
26
69
4.9
4.5
5.3
38
190
5.6
40
9.2
65
10.6
75
9.2
65
75
43
0.23
44
120
67
63
69
190
99
460
28
200
0.84
490
30
215
0.89
175
24
170
0.85
158
25
180
0.89
172
490
200
104
70
320
1.5
96
9.9
45
47
0.55
28
46
63
0.34
26
0.6
29
110
50
17.0
10.6
28
0.14
15.6
7.1
35
32
2.3
105
155
4

B-90
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Maximum
Output Power
Model
Z 2RK6RGN-AWU 2RK6RA-AWU
HP
Voltage
T 4RK25RGN-AWU 4RK25RA-AWU 1/30
25
40
T 5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU 1/12
60
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
r/min
60
901600
7.1
50
7.1
50
6.3
45
0.32
32
3.5
60
901600
17.7
125
12
85
14.2
100
0.6
59
60
901600
29
205
15.6
110
19.8
140
0.95
90
60
901600
45
320
22
155
1.4
138
12
60
901600
69
490
38
270
2.2
201
20
34
240
36
260
53
380
Model
HP
VAC
1/125
6
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
T 4RK25RGN-CWE 4RK25RA-CWE 1/30
25
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
40
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
T 5RK60RGU-CWE 5RK60RA-CWE 1/12
60
Single-Phase 230
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
1200 r/min 90 r/min

6.3
45
7.1
50
7.1
50
7.1
50
17.7
125
12.3
87
29
205
16.3
115
25
180
24
170
33
0.8
0.29
59
1.5
0.44
88
0.72
133
3.5
7.1
50
0.15
6.3
45
0.16
7.1
50
6.3
45
14.2
100
19.8
140
22
155
0.16
45
320
24
69
490
39
170
280
19.8
140
38
270
36
260
38
270
36
260
59
420
53
380
65
460
1.0
188
53
380
1.1
202
1.0
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
15
50
r/min
901400
Power
Current
Capacitor
Consumption
US
Single-Phase 220
Hz
Starting
Torque
ES
Single-Phase 220
Z 2RK6RGN-CWE 2RK6RA-CWE
Permissible Torque
185
198

The permissible torque and the starting torque of reversible motors are shown in terms without the brake applied. Please keep in mind that you should select a suitable
motor with enough torque, when designing the equipment.
Dimensions B-103
B-91
AC Motor Systems
Voltage
BHF
Maximum
Output Power
AXH
UC
AXU


AC Input
DC Input
15
1200 r/min 90 r/min

Hz
Power
Current
Capacitor
Consumption
FBL2
Single-Phase 115
UC
Starting
Torque
BX
Single-Phase 110
Permissible Torque
Introduction
1/125
VAC
World K Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating

V Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating

Model
Combination Type
Maximum
Output Power
HP
VSI206A-U
1/125
VSI315A-U
1/50
15
VSI425A-U
1/30
25
VSI540A-U
1/19
40
VSI560A-U
1/12
60
VSI590A-U
1/8
90
Voltage
VAC
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Permissible Torque
UC
Starting
Torque
1200 r/min 90 r/min

Hz
r/min
60
901600
7.1
50
4.9
35
5.6
60
901600
17.7
125
5.9
42
60
901600
26
185
7.1
50
60
901600
31
225
9.5
67
60
901600
69
490
29
210
60
901600
103
730
29
210
Power
Current
Capacitor
Consumption
A
40
0.28
29
2.5
9.2
65
0.48
46
4.5
17
120
0.75
25
180
2.4
200
45
320
58
410
63
450
58
6.5
69
1.1
107
180
18
2.6
240
20

Enter the gear ratio in the box () within the model name. The values for each item is for the motor only.
UC

Model
Combination Type
Maximum
Output Power
HP
Voltage
VAC
Single-Phase 220
VSI206C-E
1/125
6
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSI315C-E
1/50
15
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSI425C-E
1/30
25
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSI540C-E
1/19
40
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSI560C-E
1/12
60
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSI590C-E
1/8
90
Single-Phase 230

Hz
Permissible Torque
Starting
Power
Current
Capacitor
Torque
Consumption
1200 r/min 90 r/min
A
W
F
50
r/min
901400
5.9
42
60
901600
7.1
50
50
901400
6.5
46
60
901600
7.1
50
50
901400
15.6
110
60
901600
17.7
125
50
901400
16.3
115
17.7
125
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
28
200
60
901600
25
180
50
901400
42
300
60
901600
39
280
50
901400
45
320
60
901600
36
260
50
901400
65
60
901600
69
50
901400
60
901600
50
26
4.9
4.5
5.3
38
190
40
9.2
65
10.6
75
9.2
65
75
43
0.23
44
120
67
63
69
190
99
460
28.4
200
0.84
490
30
215
0.89
175
24
170
0.85
158
0.89
172
490
25
180
901400
102
720
36
260
60
901600
103
730
39
280
50
901400
34
245
60
901600
39
280
730
200
104
70
320
1.5
96
9.9
45
47
0.55
28
46
63
0.34
26
0.6
29
110
50
69
103
5.6
17
10.6
28
0.14
15.6
7.1
35
32
2.3
105
155
4
209
63
450
1.2
232
211
236

B-92
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Maximum
Output Power
Model
Combination Type
HP
Voltage
VSR315A-U
1/50
15
VSR425A-U
1/30
25
VSR540A-U
1/19
40
VSR560A-U
1/12
60
VSR590A-U
1/8
90
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
r/min
60
901600
7.1
50
7.1
50
6.3
45
0.32
32
3.5
60
901600
17.7
125
12
85
14.2
100
0.6
59
60
901600
29
205
15
110
19.8
140
0.95
90
60
901600
45
320
22
155
1.4
138
12
60
901600
69
490
38
60
901600
103
730
45
34
240
36
260
270
53
380
2.2
201
20
320
83
590
272
30
VAC
Single-Phase 220
VSR206C-E
1/125
6
Single-Phase 230
VSR315C-E
1/50
15
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSR425C-E
1/30
25
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSR540C-E
1/19
40
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSR560C-E
1/12
60
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 220
VSR590C-E
1/8
90
Single-Phase 230
r/min
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
901400
60
901600
50
6.3
45
7.1
50
0.15
7.1
50
6.3
45
0.16
7.1
50
6.3
45
14.2
100
19.8
140
22
155
19.8
140
7.1
50
33
0.8
0.29
59
1.5
0.44
88
0.72
133
3.5
7.1
50
17.7
125
12.3
87
29
205
16.3
115
901400
25
180
38
270
60
901600
24
170
36
260
50
901400
270
901600
170
38
60
24
36
260
50
901400
59
420
60
901600
53
380
50
901400
65
460
1.0
188
60
901600
53
380
1.1
202
50
85
600
1.3
240
83
590
1.4
260
85
600
1.3
240
83
590
1.4
262
45
320
69
490
901400
95
670
60
901600
103
730
50
901400
60
901600
103
730
39
51
49
280
360
350
0.16
1.0
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Single-Phase 220
T
Hz
US
50
Permissible Torque
Starting
Power
Current
Capacitor
Torque
Consumption
1200 r/min 90 r/min
A
W
F
185
198

Dimensions B-103
B-93
AC Motor Systems
HP
ES
Combination Type
Voltage
BHF
Maximum
Output Power
Model
AXH
UC
AXU


AC Input
DC Input
1200 r/min 90 r/min

Hz
Power
Current
Capacitor
Consumption
FBL2
1/125
UC
Starting
Torque
BX
VSR206A-U
Single-Phase 110
Permissible Torque
Introduction
VAC
V Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating

General Specifications of Speed Control Motors

Item
Specifications
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the windings and the frame.
Dielectric Strength
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the windings

and the frame for 1 minute.
Temperature Rise
144F (80C) or less measured by the resistance change method after rated
motor operation with a gearhead or equivalent heat radiation plate connected.
Insulation Class
Class B [266F (130C)]
Overheating
Protection Device
6 W type is impedance protected.

The other types contain a built-in thermal protector (automatic return type).
Open: 266F9F (130C5C) Close: 179.6F27F (82C15C)
Heat radiation plate (Material: Aluminum)

Type (output)
6 W Type
15 W Type
25 W Type
40 W Type
60 W Type
Ambient Temperature Range 14F104F (10C40C) (nonfreezing)

Ambient Humidity
IP20 (World K Series 60W: IP40)
Size inch (mm)

4.534.53 (115115)
4.924.92 (125125)
5.315.31 (135135)
6.506.50 (165165)
7.877.87 (200200)
Thickness inch (mm)
0.20 (5)
Speed Range when Gearhead is Attached

World K Series
High Speed
Unit=r/min
3
3.6
7.5
60Hz
533
444
320
266
213
177
128
50Hz
466
388
280
233
186
155
112
30
25
18
15
12
10
15
18
60Hz
320
266
177
106
50Hz
280
233
155
93
18
15
10
Gear Ratio
Low Speed
12.5 15
18
25
30
36
50
60
75
90
106
88
64
53
44
32
26
21
17
16
13
10
93
77
56
46
38
28
23
18
15
14
11
7.2
3.6
2.5
1.8
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.75
0.6
0.5
30
36
60
90
88
53
44
26
17
13
8.8
5.3
77
46
38
23
15
11
2.5
1.5
0.75
0.5
0.3
0.25
V Series
Low Speed
8.8
Unit=r/min
Gear Ratio
High Speed
100 120 150 180
120 180 300 360

4.4
Permissible Torque when a Gearhead is Attached
Decimal gearhead is not available for V Series.

A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates
rotation in the opposite direction.
The permissible torque with decimal gearheads are as follows.
2GNKA/2GN10XK 26 lb-in/3 Nm
4GNKA/4GN10XK 70 lb-in/8 Nm (Gear Ratio 2536 53 lb-in/6 Nm)
5GUKA/5GU10XKB 177 lb-in/20 Nm
World K Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating

Single-Phase 115 VAC Applicable Speed Controller: ES01
Model
Motor/Gearhead
2IK6RGN-AWU
/2GNKA
3IK15RGN-AWU
/3GNKA
4IK25RGN-AWU
/4GNKA
5IK40RGN-AWU
/5GNKA
5IK60RGU-AWU
/5GUKA
B-94
Gear Ratio
Speed
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
3.6
7.5
Unit=Upper Values: lb-in/Lower Values: Nm
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
0.75 0.88 1.23 1.50 1.85 2.3 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.6 6.8 8.1 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 20
0.085 0.1 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.35 0.43 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.92 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.3
24
2.8
26
3
26
3
2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20

0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
0.88 1.06 1.50 1.77 2.3 2.7 3.8 4.5 5.3 6.8 8.1 9.7 12.3 15.0 18.5 22
0.1 0.12 0.17 0.2 0.26 0.31 0.43 0.51 0.61 0.77 0.92 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5
24
2.8
29
3.3
37
4.2
44
5
3.9 4.7 6.6 7.9

0.45 0.54 0.75 0.9
9.7 11.5 16.8 19.4 23

1.1 1.3 1.9 2.2 2.7
70
8
70
8
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
26
3
29
3.3
35
4
44
5
52
5.9
4.8 5.8 8.0 9.7 12.3 14.1 20

0.55 0.66 0.91 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.3
78
8.9
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
1.41 1.77 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.3 6.0 7.1 8.6 10.6 13.2 15.9 19.4 23
0.16 0.2 0.27 0.33 0.41 0.49 0.68 0.81 0.98 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7
29
3.3
35
4
38
4.4
46
5.3
58
6.6
70
8
10.6 12.3 17.7 21

1.2 1.4 2 2.4
26
3
31
3.6
65
7.4
47
5.4
56
6.4
71
8.1
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177

9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20
4.5 5.3 7.5 8.8 11.5 13.2 16.8 20

0.51 0.61 0.85 1 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.3
24
2.8
30
3.5
37
4.2
Features B-86
39
4.5
52
5.9
64
7.3
44
5
70
8
43
4.9
53
6.1
44
5
70
8
36
4.1
43
4.9
36
4.1
70
8
29
3.3
36
4.1
29
3.3
70
8
23
2.7
30
3.4
23
2.7
26
3
44
5
61
6.9
73
8.3
82 99 109 131 164 177

9.3 11.2 12.4 14.9 18.6 20
Specifications B-86
Model
Motor/Gearhead
2IK6RGN-CWE
/2GNKA
Gear Ratio
Speed
1200 r/min
26
3
0.69 0.82 1.15 1.41 1.68 2.0 2.8 3.4 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.4 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 18.5 22
0.078 0.093 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.32 0.39 0.47 0.58 0.7 0.84 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.5
26
3
26
3
230 VAC 50 Hz
2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 6.1 7.4 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 22
0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.7 0.84 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5
26
3
33
3.8
40
4.6
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
230 VAC 60 Hz
2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20

0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
29
3.3
36
4.1
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
0.81 0.97 1.32 1.59 2.0 2.4 3.3 4.0 4.8 6.1 7.3 8.8 11.5 13.2 16.8 20
0.092 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.38 0.46 0.55 0.69 0.83 1 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.3
22
2.5
26
3
33
3.8
39
4.5
220 VAC 60 Hz
4.0 4.8 6.8 8.1 10.6 12.3 16.8 20

0.46 0.55 0.77 0.92 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.3
24
2.8
30
3.5
37
4.2
44
5
55
6.3
66
7.5
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
230 VAC 50 Hz
4.3 5.1 7.1 8.5 10.6 13.2 17.7 21

0.49 0.58 0.81 0.97 1.2 1.5 2 2.4
25
2.9
32
3.7
38
4.4
46
5.3
58
6.6
69
7.9
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
230 VAC 60 Hz
3.8 4.6 6.4 7.6 9.7 11.5 15.9 19.4 23

0.44 0.52 0.73 0.87 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.6
29
3.3
34
3.9
41
4.7
52
5.9
62
7.1
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
26
3
29
3.3
35
4
44
5
52
5.9
220 VAC 60 Hz
6.0 7.2 9.7 12.3 15.0 17.7 24

0.68 0.82 1.1 1.4 1.7 2 2.8
30
3.4
36
4.1
45
5.1
53
6.1
65
7.4
81
9.2
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
230 VAC 50 Hz
6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20

0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3
28
3.2
34
3.9
41
4.7
51
5.8
61
7
74
8.4
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
230 VAC 60 Hz
5.5 6.7 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 23

0.63 0.76 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.6
28
3.2
33
3.8
41
4.7
50
5.7
60
6.8
76
8.6
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
220 VAC 60 Hz
1.59 1.94 2.6 3.1 4.0 4.8 6.7 8.0 9.7 12.3 14.1 17.7 22
0.18 0.22 0.3 0.36 0.46 0.55 0.76 0.91 1.1 1.4 1.6 2 2.5
26
3
32
3.7
39
4.5
44
5
52
5.9
65
7.4
78
8.9
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
1.50 1.77 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.2 7.5 8.8 11.5 13.2 15.9 20
0.17 0.2 0.28 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.71 0.85 1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
24
2.8
30
3.5
37
4.2
40
4.6
48
5.5
61
6.9
73
8.3
1200 r/min
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
10.6 12.3 17.7 21

1.2 1.4 2 2.4
47
5.4
56
6.4
71
8.1
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177

9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20
5IK60RGU-CWE
/5GUKA
220 VAC 60 Hz
4.6 5.5 7.6 8.8 11.5 14.1 17.7 21

0.52 0.63 0.87 1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4
24
2.8
30
3.5
38
4.3
45
5.1
62
7.1
75
8.5
84 100 112 134 168 177

9.5 11.4 12.7 15.2 19 20
90 r/min
230 VAC 50 Hz
3.6 4.4 6.1 7.3 8.8 10.6 14.1 16.8 19.4 24

0.41 0.5 0.69 0.83 1 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.8
30
3.4
35
4
49
5.6
59
6.7
66
7.5
79
9
230 VAC 60 Hz
3.8 4.6 6.4 7.6 9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 21

0.44 0.52 0.73 0.87 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4
31
3.6
38
4.3
52
5.9
62
7.1
70
8
84 93 112 140 169

9.6 10.6 12.7 15.9 19.1
26
3
31
3.6
39
4.5
26
3
23
2.7
88
10
106 132 160

12 15 18.1
Dimensions B-103
B-95
AC Motor Systems
26
3

AC Input
DC Input
26
3
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
26
3
US
26
3
ES
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
BHF
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
AXH
26
3
AXU
26
3
FBL2
26
3
BX
90 r/min
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180
Introduction
5IK40RGN-CWE
/5GNKA
7.5
26
3
90 r/min
1200 r/min
23
2.7
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
0.97 1.15 1.68 1.94 2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 5.9 7.4 8.8 10.6 13.2 15.9 20
0.11 0.13 0.19 0.22 0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.67 0.84 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.3
90 r/min
4IK25RGN-CWE
/4GNKA
3.6
230 VAC 50 Hz
90 r/min
3IK15RGN-CWE
/3GNKA
World K Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating

Model
Motor/Gearhead
Gear Ratio
Speed
2RK6RGN-AWU
/2GNKA
7.5
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180

26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
90 r/min
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20

0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
36
4.1
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
1.85 2.2 3.0 3.6 4.6 5.4 7.6 8.8 10.6 14.1 16.8 19.4 24
0.21 0.25 0.34 0.41 0.52 0.62 0.86 1 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.8
30
3.4
37
4.2
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
4.4
0.5
5.3 7.3 8.8 10.6 13.2 18.5 22

0.6 0.83 1 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.5
26
3
32
3.7
23
2.7
29
3.3
39
4.5
47
5.4
60
6.8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
90 r/min
2.3 2.8 3.9 4.6 5.9 7.0

0.27 0.32 0.45 0.53 0.67 0.8
9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 21

1.1 1.3 1.6 2 2.4
25
2.9
31
3.6
38
4.4
47
5.4
57
6.5
64
7.3
70
8
70
8
70
8
1200 r/min
6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20

0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3
28
3.2
90 r/min
1200 r/min
5RK60RGU-AWU
/5GUKA
26
3
1200 r/min
5RK40RGN-AWU
/5GNKA
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
90 r/min
4RK25RGN-AWU
/4GNKA
3.6
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
3RK15RGN-AWU
/3GNKA
90 r/min
41
4.7
51
5.8
61
7
74
8.4
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
3.3 3.9 5.5 6.6 8.3 9.7 14.1 16.8 20

0.38 0.45 0.63 0.75 0.94 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.3
24
2.8
30
3.4
36
4.1
45
5.1
53
6.1
68
7.7
81
9.2
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
10.6 12.3 17.7 21

1.2 1.4 2 2.4
26
3
31
3.6
34
3.9
39
4.5
47
5.4
56
6.4
71
8.1
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177

9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20
5.8 6.9 9.7 11.5 14.1 17.7 22

0.66 0.79 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5
26
3.0
30
3.5
39
4.5
46
5.3
56
6.4

Model
Motor/Gearhead
2RK6RGN-CWE
/2GNKA
Gear Ratio
Speed
5RK60RGU-CWE
/5GUKA
7.5
9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180

26
3
26
3
26
3
90 r/min
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
26
3
1200 r/min
2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.7 8.0 11.5 13.2 15.9 20

0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3
1200 r/min
90 r/min
90 r/min
26
3
1200 r/min
5RK40RGN-CWE
/5GNKA
26
3
90 r/min
4RK25RGN-CWE
/4GNKA
3.6
1.06 1.32 1.77 2.1 2.6 3.1 4.5 5.3 6.4 8.0 9.7 11.5 15.0 17.7 22
0.12 0.15 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.36 0.51 0.61 0.73 0.91 1.1 1.3 1.7 2 2.5
1200 r/min
3RK15RGN-CWE
/3GNKA
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
78 94 105 126 140 169 177 177

8.9 10.7 11.9 14.3 15.9 19.1 20 20
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
1200 r/min
90 r/min
29
3.3
36
4.1
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
1.85 2.2 3.0 3.7 4.6 5.5 7.7 9.7 11.5 14.1 16.8 20
0.21 0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.88 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3
25
2.9
30
3.4
38
4.3
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
44
5
4.4
0.5
5.3 7.3 8.8 10.6 13.2 18.5 22

0.6 0.83 1 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.5
39
4.5
47
5.4
60
6.8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
70
8
2.4 3.0 4.1 4.9 6.1 7.4 10.6 12.3 15.0 18.5 22
0.28 0.34 0.47 0.56 0.7 0.84 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5
26
3
33
3.8
40
4.6
50
5.7
60
6.8
67
7.6
70
8
70
8
70
8
6.9 8.2 11.5 14.1 16.8 20

0.78 0.93 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3
51
5.8
61
7
74
8.4
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
3.6 4.4 6.1 7.3 8.8 10.6 15.0 18.5 22

0.41 0.5 0.69 0.83 1 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.5
27
3.1
32
3.7
39
4.5
49
5.6
59
6.7
74
8.4
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
10.6 12.3 17.7 21

1.2 1.4 2 2.4
31
3.6
34
3.9
32
3.7
41
4.7
26
3
28
3.2
26
3
23
2.7
39
4.5
47
5.4
56
6.4
71
8.1
85 102 143 171 177 177 177 177 177 177

9.7 11.6 16.2 19.4 20 20 20 20 20 20
6.0 7.2 9.7 12.3 15.0 17.7 23

0.68 0.82 1.1 1.4 1.7 2 2.6
27
3.1
32
3.7
40
4.6
48
5.5
59
6.7
81 98 109 131 146 175 177 177

9.2 11.1 12.4 14.9 16.5 19.8 20 20
B-96
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Model
Combination Type
Gear Ratio
Speed
1200 r/min
VSI206A-U
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
9.7 15.9 23
1.1 1.8 2.7
31
3.6
45
5.1
53
6
53
6
1200 r/min
4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28

0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2
34
3.9
85
9.7
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
1.68 2.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 9.7 11.5 19.4 29

0.19 0.23 0.34 0.57 0.68 1.1 1.3 2.2 3.3
38
4.3
53
6.1
88
10
88
10
VSI315A-U
90 r/min
90 r/min
26
3.0
42
4.8
50
5.7
84 126 141 141 141 141

9.5 14.3 16 16 16 16
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
46
5.2
64 107 129
7.3 12.2 14.6
1200 r/min
8.8 10.6 15.9 26

1.0 1.2 1.8 3.0
31
3.6
90 r/min
2.6 3.1 4.7 7.9

0.3 0.36 0.54 0.9
9.7 15.0 18.5 30

1.1 1.7 2.1 3.5
19.4 23
2.2 2.6
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260

7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30
30
3.4
VSI560A-U
90 r/min
29
3.3
34
3.9
52
5.9
47
5.4
57 95 144 180 260 260

6.5 10.8 16.3 20.4 30 30
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350

9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40
8.4 9.7 15.0 24

0.95 1.1 1.7 2.8
29
3.3
47
5.4
57 95 135 180 270
6.5 10.8 15.3 20.4 30.6
ES
90 r/min
8.4 9.7 15.0 24

0.95 1.1 1.7 2.8
86 144
9.8 16.3
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Dimensions B-103
B-97
AC Motor Systems
VSI590A-U
58
6.6
57
6.5
BHF
1200 r/min
35
4.0
46
5.2
AXH
1200 r/min
61 102 153 193 260 260

7.0 11.6 17.4 21.9 30 30
AXU
VSI540A-U
51
5.8
34
3.9
FBL2
VSI425A-U
7.3 8.8 13.2 22

0.83 1.0 1.5 2.5

AC Input
DC Input
1200 r/min
57
6.5
BX
1.41 1.68 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.9

0.16 0.19 0.28 0.47 0.57 0.9
Introduction
90 r/min
V Series Induction Motors Continuous Rating


Model
Combination Type
Gear Ratio
Speed
1200 r/min
VSI206C-E
41
4.7
53
6
53
6
53
6
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
1.23 1.50 2.3 3.8 4.6 7.3 8.7 15.0 22

0.14 0.17 0.26 0.43 0.52 0.83 0.99 1.7 2.5
29
3.3
41
4.7
53
6
53
6
230 VAC 50 Hz
4.6 5.4 8.2 14.1 16.8 26

0.52 0.62 0.93 1.6 1.9 3.0
31
3.6
52
5.9
78
8.9
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
60 Hz
4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28

0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2
34
3.9
57
6.5
85
9.7
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
1.50 1.85 2.7 4.5 5.4 8.6 10.6 17.7 25

0.17 0.21 0.31 0.51 0.62 0.98 1.2 2.0 2.9
34
3.9
48
5.5
81
9.2
88
10
220 VAC 60 Hz
7.6 8.8 13.2 23

0.86 1.0 1.5 2.6
27
3.1
43
4.9
52
5.9
230 VAC 50 Hz
7.9
0.9
9.7 14.1 23
1.1 1.6 2.7
28
3.2
46
5.2
54 91 137 141 141 141 141

6.2 10.3 15.5 16 16 16 16
230 VAC 60 Hz
7.1 8.5 13.2 21

0.81 0.97 1.5 2.4
25
2.9
40
4.6
49
5.6
VSI425C-E
90 r/min
VSI540C-E
90 r/min
1200 r/min
VSI590C-E
82 123 141 141 141 141

9.3 13.9 16 16 16 16
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
64 107 129
7.3 12.2 14.6
11.5 13.2 20
1.3 1.5 2.3
33
3.8
39
4.5
63
7.2
76 127 192 240 260 260

8.7 14.4 21.7 27.2 30 30
230 VAC 50 Hz
12.3 15.0 23
1.4 1.7 2.6
38
4.3
46
5.2
73
8.3
87 146 210 260 260 260

9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30
230 VAC 60 Hz
10.6 12.3 18.5 30

1.2 1.4 2.1 3.5
37
4.2
59
6.7
70 118 177 223 260 260

8.0 13.4 20.1 25.3 30 30
220 VAC 60 Hz
3.0 3.6 5.3 8.8 10.6 16.8 20

0.34 0.41 0.61 1.0 1.2 1.9 2.3
230 VAC
VSI560C-E
86 130 141 141 141 141

9.8 14.7 16 16 16 16
220 VAC 60 Hz
90 r/min
1200 r/min
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360

31
3.6
90 r/min
1200 r/min
1.85 2.2 3.2 5.4 6.6 10.6 12.3 21

0.21 0.25 0.37 0.62 0.75 1.2 1.4 2.4
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
230 VAC 50 Hz
90 r/min
VSI315C-E
34
3.9
51
5.8
64 96 161
7.3 10.9 18.2
2.8 3.3 5.0 8.4 9.7 15.9 19.4 31

0.32 0.38 0.57 0.95 1.1 1.8 2.2 3.6
47
5.4
60 90 150
6.8 10.2 17
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260

7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
19.4 23
2.2 2.6
220 VAC 60 Hz
8.5 10.6 15.0 25

0.97 1.2 1.7 2.9
30
3.5
48
5.5
59 98 146 184 260 260

6.7 11.1 16.6 20.9 30 30
230 VAC 50 Hz
6.8 8.1 12.3 20

0.77 0.92 1.4 2.3
24
2.8
38
4.4
46
5.3
77 116 146 210 260

8.8 13.2 16.5 24.8 30
230 VAC 60 Hz
7.1 8.5 13.2 21

0.81 0.97 1.5 2.4
25
2.9
40
4.6
49
5.6
82 123 154 230 260

9.3 13.9 17.5 26.2 30
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
29
3.3
230 VAC 50 Hz
9.7 11.5 17.7 29

1.1 1.3 2.0 3.3
33
3.8
230 VAC 60 Hz
11.5 13.2 20
1.3 1.5 2.3
38
4.3
90 r/min
34
3.9
35
4.0
52
5.9
58
6.6
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350

9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40
33
3.8
55
6.3
67 111 158 210 310
7.6 12.6 17.9 23.8 35.7
63
7.2
76 127 180 240 350

8.7 14.4 20.4 27.2 40
A colored background indicates gear shaft rotation in the same direction as the motor shaft; a white background indicates rotation
in the opposite direction.
B-98
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Model
Combination Type
Gear Ratio
Speed
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
90 r/min
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28

0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2
VSR206A-U
1200 r/min
VSR315A-U
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
VSR560A-U
90 r/min
38
4.4
58
6.6
77
8.8
88
10
88
10
88
10
8.1 9.7 15.0 24

0.92 1.1 1.7 2.8
29
3.3
46
5.3
55 93 140 141 141 141 141

6.3 10.6 15.9 16 16 16 16
4.4 5.2 7.8 13.2 15.9 24

0.5 0.59 0.89 1.5 1.8 2.8
30
3.4
12.3 15.0 23
1.4 1.7 2.6
73
8.3
87 146 210 260 260 260

9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30
6.1 7.4 11.5 18.5 22

0.7 0.84 1.3 2.1 2.5
35
4.0
42
4.8
70 106 133 200 260

8.0 12.0 15.1 22.6 30
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260

7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30
38
4.4
35
4.0
58
6.6
10.6 13.2 19.4 31

1.2 1.5 2.2 3.6
29
3.3
34
3.9
52
5.9
12.3 15.0 23
1.4 1.7 2.6
61
7.0
74 123 184 230 260 260

8.4 13.9 20.9 26.2 30 30
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350

9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40
38
4.3
44
5.0
73
8.3
87 146 200 270 350

9.9 16.5 23.3 31.1 40

Gear Ratio
Speed
VSR206C-E
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
90 r/min
1200 r/min
VSR315C-E
90 r/min
1200 r/min
VSR425C-E
90 r/min
1200 r/min
VSR540C-E
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
90 r/min
1200 r/min
VSR560C-E
90 r/min
15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180 300 360
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
2.0 2.3 3.6 6.0 7.1 11.5 13.2 23

0.23 0.27 0.41 0.68 0.81 1.3 1.5 2.6
34
3.9
46
5.2
53
6
53
6
53
6
4.9 6.0 8.8 15.0 17.7 28

0.56 0.68 1.0 1.7 2.0 3.2
34
3.9
57
6.5
85
9.7
88
10
88
10
88
10
88
10
3.4 4.1 6.1 10.6 12.3 19.4 23

0.39 0.47 0.7 1.2 1.4 2.2 2.7
39
4.5
59
6.7
79
9.0
88
10
88
10
88
10
8.1 9.7 15.0 24

0.92 1.1 1.7 2.8
29
3.3
46
5.3
55 93 140 141 141 141 141

6.3 10.6 15.9 16 16 16 16
4.6 5.4 8.2 14.1 16.8 26

0.52 0.62 0.93 1.6 1.9 3.0
31
3.6
12.3 15.0 23
1.4 1.7 2.6
52
5.9
78 105 141 141 141

8.9 11.9 16 16 16
38
4.3
46
5.2
73
8.3
87 146 210 260 260 260

9.9 16.5 24.8 30 30 30
6.8 8.1 12.3 20

0.77 0.92 1.4 2.3
24
2.8
38
4.4
46
5.3
77 116 146 210 260

8.8 13.2 16.5 24.8 30
19.4 23
2.2 2.6
35
4.0
58
6.6
69 111 134 220 260 260 260 260

7.9 12.6 15.2 25.3 30 30 30 30
11.5 13.2 20
1.3 1.5 2.3
33
3.8
39
4.5
87 100 166 200 330 350 350 350

9.9 11.3 18.8 22.6 37.7 40 40 40
41
4.7
1200 r/min
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
29
3.3
90 r/min
230 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
14.1 16.8 24
1.6 1.9 2.8
34
3.9
52
5.9
63
7.2
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
1200 r/min

US
Model
Combination Type
75 100 141 141 141

8.5 11.4 16 16 16
46
5.2
19.4 23
2.2 2.6
38
4.3
50
5.7
ES
90 r/min
3.3 4.0 6.1 9.7 12.3 19.4 23

0.38 0.46 0.69 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.6
76 127 192 240 260 260

8.7 14.4 21.7 27.2 30 30
VSR590C-E
47
5.4
79 95 160 220 300 350

9.0 10.8 18.1 25.5 34.0 40
Dimensions B-103
B-99
AC Motor Systems
VSR590A-U
88
10
BHF
1200 r/min
88
10
AXH
1200 r/min
88
10
AXU
VSR540A-U
88
10

AC Input
DC Input
90 r/min
85
9.7
FBL2
VSR425A-U
57
6.5
BX
1200 r/min
34
3.9
Introduction
1200 r/min
V Series Reversible Motors 30-Minute Rating

Gearmotor Torque Table when a Right-Angle Gearhead is Attached

Right-Angle Gearhead is available for World K Series.
Page A-196

Motor (Round shaft type)Page A-11
GearheadPage A-11
Permissible Load Inertia J for Gearhead

Page A-12

Induction Motors
Enter the gear ratio in the box () with in the V Series combination type model name. The characteristics of V Series are for
motors only.
2IK6RGN-AWU
2IK6RA-AWU ES01
VSI206A-U
14
12
80
3IK15RGN-AWU
3IK15RA-AWU ES01
VSI315A-U
240

110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
8
6
4
20
2
0

110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
25
Torque [mNm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [mNm]
40
30
200
10
60
500
1000
1500
1800
160
120
80
20
15
10
40
500
4IK25RGN-AWU
4IK25RA-AWU ES01
VSI425A-U
110 VAC
115 VAC
0.5
60
40
30
0.2
20

40
30
110/115 VAC Safe-Operation Line
0.1
10
0
10
500
1000
1500
1800
500
Speed [r/min]
125
110 VAC
115 VAC

VSI590A-U
1.0
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
125
Torque [Nm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
75
50
0.2
25
110 VAC
115 VAC
ES01
500
1000
1500
0.6
0.4
75
50
0.2
25
110/115 VAC SafeOperation Line
500
1800
Speed [r/min]
B-100
1800
100
100
0.4
1500
0.8
0.8
Torque [oz-in]
1.0
1000
Speed [r/min]
5IK60RGU-AWU
ES01
5IK60RA-AWU
VSI560A-U
0.6
110 VAC
115 VAC
20
0.1
0
1800
50
0.3
Torque [oz-in]
0.2
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
0.3
70
0.4
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
50
Torque [Nm]
0.4
1500
5IK40RGN-AWU
5IK40RA-AWU ES01
VSI540A-U
70
60
1000
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
0.5
110 VAC
115 VAC
35
Torque [oz-in]
100
110 VAC
115 VAC
Features B-86
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
Specifications B-86
1800
14
12
25
Torque [mNm]
Torque [oz-in]
40
8
6
4
20
120
80
10
5
1000
1500
1800
50 Hz Safe-Operation Line
500
1000
50
40
30
0.3
0.2
40
30
20
20
10
10
0
0
500
1000
1500
500
1800
1000
1.2
50
0.2
25
230 VAC, 60 Hz Safe-Operation Line
500
1000
1500

125
Torque [Nm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
0.4
75
150
1.0
100
0.6
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
VSI590C-E ES02
0.8
0.6
0.4
Torque [oz-in]
0.8
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead
is Attached
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
220/230 VAC, 50 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
220 VAC, 60 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
125
1800
US
1.0
1500
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
5IK60RGU-CWE
5IK60RA-CWE ES02
VSI560C-E
ES
0.1
0.1
100
75
50
0.2
25
1800
50 Hz SafeOperation Line
500
1000
1500
1800
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
Reversible Motors
2RK6RGN-AWU
2RK6RA-AWU ES01
VSR206A-U
16
60
40
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead is
Attached
30
200
110 VAC
115 VAC
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead is
Attached
25
12
10
35
240
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
Torque [Nm]
80
14
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [mNm]
100
3RK15RGN-AWU
3RK15RA-AWU ES01
VSR315A-U
8
6
160
120
80
Torque [oz-in]
120
110 VAC
115 VAC
20
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
15
10
4
20
0
2
0
Dimensions B-103
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
40
1800
500
1000
1500
1800
Speed [r/min]
B-101
AC Motor Systems
0.2
Torque [oz-in]
0.3
0.4
BHF
Torque [Nm]
50
AXH
60
0.4
70 Permissible Torque
when Gearhead
is Attached
60
0.5
50 Hz
Permissible Torque Safe-Operation Line
when Gearhead
60 Hz
is Attached
Safe-Operation Line
Torque [oz-in]
70
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
5IK40RGN-CWE
5IK40RA-CWE ES02
VSI540C-E
Torque [Nm]
0.5
1800
AXU
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
4IK25RGN-CWE
4IK25RA-CWE ES02
VSI425C-E
1500
Speed [r/min]
FBL2
Speed [r/min]

AC Input
DC Input
500
BX
40
2
0
15
20
0
60 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
160
10
60
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead
is Attached
Introduction
Torque [mNm]
80
200
Permissible Torque 60 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
when Gearhead
is Attached
Torque [oz-in]
100
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
3IK15RGN-CWE
3IK15RA-CWE ES02
VSI315C-E
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
2IK6RGN-CWE
2IK6RA-CWE ES02
VSI206C-E
70
60
0.4
110 VAC
115 VAC
5RK40RGN-AWU
5RK40RA-AWU ES01
VSR540A-U
0.6
0.5
0.2
Torque [Nm]
0.3
Torque [oz-in]
50
40
30
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
20
0.1
0.4
0.3
0.2
10
0
500
1000
70
60
50
40
30
110/115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
20
0.1
1500
1800
110 VAC
115 VAC
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead is
Attached
80
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead is
Attached
Torque [oz-in]
0.5
Torque [Nm]
4RK25RGN-AWU
4RK25RA-AWU ES01
VSR425A-U
10
0
500
1000
5RK60RGU-AWU
5RK60RA-AWU ES01
VSR560A-U
110 VAC
115 VAC
100
75
50
0.2
25
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
14
Torque [oz-in]
40
8
6
4
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead is Attached
50
25
110/115 VAC SafeOperation Line
500
1000
25
230 VAC 60 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
230 VAC 50 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
500
1000
1500
1800
160
120
80
20
15
10
40
500
1000
0.1
0.5
50 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
0.4
0.3
0.2
10
0.1
0
500
1000
1500
1800
60
Torque [oz-in]
30
20
Permissible Torque
80 when Gearhead is
Attached
70
0.6
Torque [Nm]
0.2
50
40
30
20
10
500
1000
1500
1800
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
B-102
1800
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
5RK40RGN-CWE
5RK40RA-CWE ES02
VSR540C-E
40
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]
0.3
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead
is Attached
1500
Speed [r/min]
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
4RK25RGN-CWE
4RK25RA-CWE ES02
VSR425C-E
50
1800
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
Speed [r/min]
0.4
1500
35 Permissible Torque
60 Hz
when Gearhead is Attached Safe-Operation Line
30
200
2
0
75
0.2
240
20
0
0.4
100
3RK15RGN-CWE
3RK15RA-CWE ES02
VSR315C-E
10
60
0.6
Speed [r/min]
12
80
Torque [mNm]
1800
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
2RK6RGN-CWE
2RK6RA-CWE ES02
VSR206C-E
100
1500
0.8
Torque [oz-in]
125
115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
Torque [oz-in]
0.4
150
1.0
Torque [mNm]
Torque [Nm]
0.6
Torque [oz-in]
125
0.8
110 VAC
115 VAC

1.2
Permissible Torque
110 VAC Safe-Operation Line
when Gearhead is
Attached
Torque [Nm]
1.0
1800
VSR590A-U ES01
1.2
150
1500
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
VSR560C-E
125
Permissible Torque
when Gearhead
is Attached
0.8
Torque [Nm]
Torque [oz-in]
Torque [Nm]

75
220 VAC, 50 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
50
500
1000
0.8
0.6
0.4
25
0
175
150
1500
1800
125
100
75
50 Hz SafeOperation Line
50
0.2
25
500
1000
1500
1800
FBL2
Speed [r/min]
Speed [r/min]
External Speed Potentiometer (Included)
Speed Controller: ES01, ES02 (Scale 1/2)

AXU
(Scale 1/2)
AXH
PAVR-20KZ
d A394
Insulated sheet
1.57 (40)
t=0.02 (0.5)
0.49
(12.5)
1.57 (40)
(20)
Knob
Dial plate
1.57 (40)
t=0.02 (0.5)
0.12 0.008 0.370.008

(9.50.2)
(3 0.2)
Insulated sheet
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Potentiometer
1.57 (40)
0.30 (7.5)
US
0.12
(3)
0.79
M4 P0.7 0.24 (6)

(Screw)
0.20 (5)
2 Places
3.94 (100)
4.33 max. (110)
M4
0.66 (16.8)
2.17 (55)
Dimensions B-103
0.14
(3.5)
B-103
AC Motor Systems
1.77 (45)
0.59 (15)
ES
0.79
(20)
0.11 (2.8)
0.37 (9.5)
BHF
1.18 min. (30)
2.56 (65)

AC Input
DC Input
1.2

BX
0.2
200
Introduction
0.4
1.4
1.0
100
0.6
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
VSR590C-E ES02
Torque [oz-in]
1.0
230 VAC 50 Hz
230 VAC 60 Hz
220 VAC 50 Hz
220 VAC 60 Hz
5RK60RGU-CWE
5RK60RA-CWE ES02
Round Shaft Type
2IK6RGN-AWU
2IK6RGN-CWE
2RK6RGN-AWU
2RK6RGN-CWE
2IK6RA-AWU
2IK6RA-CWE
2RK6RA-AWU
2RK6RA-CWE
2GNKA
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
0.28
(7)
0.94
(24)
0.08
(2)
0
(7.9370.015
) 2.36 (60)
2.36 (60)
1.85 (47)
0.50
(12.7)
0
0.31250.0006
5/16"
0.0
2.76 0.5)

(70
0.94
(24)
0.39 (10)
2.95 (75)
0.39 (10)
d A364
0.293 (7.437)
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes

3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length
UL Style 3266, AWG 20
2 Generator Leads 12 inch (300 mm) Length
0
0.23620.0005
0
(60.012
)
2.36 (60)
2
0.0
0
2.12600.0012
0
(540.030
)
World K Series
Motor/Gearhead (Pinion Shaft Type)
2.76 0.5)

(70
0.177 (4.5)4 Holes

22 30'
22 30
2GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.18 (30)
2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
Round Shaft Type
3IK15RGN-AWU
3IK15RGN-CWE
3RK15RGN-AWU
3RK15RGN-CWE
3IK15RA-AWU
3IK15RA-CWE
3RK15RA-AWU
3RK15RA-CWE
3GNKA
Weight: 1.21 lb. (0.55 kg)
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
2.72 (69)
1.85 (47)
0.50
(12.7)
0
0.37500.0006
3/8"
0
(9.5250.015
) 2.76 (70)
1.26 (32)
0.08
(2)
0.02
3.23 )
0.5
(82
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes

0
0.23620.0005
0
(60.012
)
2.76 (70)
0.02
3.23 )
0.5
(82
0
(640.030
)
0
2.51970.0012
3.15 (80)
0.28 (7)
0.59(15)
1.18
(30)
0.39 (10)
d A365
0.347 (8.825)
0.217 (5.5)4 Holes
22 30'
2230
3GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.26 (32)
3GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.65 (42)
Decimal Gearhead
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to 2IK6RGN, 2RK6RGN type
2GN10XK Weight: 0.44 lb. (0.2 kg)
d A003
d A009
1.69 (43)
0.51 (13)
1.18(30)
0.08
(2)
0.0
2.76 .5)
0
(70
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
B-104
2.76 (70)
0.0
3.23 0.5)
(82
0
(640.030
)
0
2.51970.0012
2.36 (60)
2
0
(54 0.030
)
0
2.1260 0.0012
1.52 (38.5)
0.49(12.5)
1.02
(26)
0.08
(2)
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Round Shaft Type
4IK25RGN-AWU
4IK25RGN-CWE
4RK25RGN-AWU
4RK25RGN-CWE
4IK25RA-AWU
4IK25RA-CWE
4RK25RA-AWU
4RK25RA-CWE
4GNKA
Weight: 1.43 lb. (0.65 kg)
0
0.3150 0.0006
1.26 (32)
0.08
(2)
2
0.28 (7)
0.0
0.98
(25)
0.02
3.70 )
0.5
(94
FBL2
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
3.15 (80)
0.217 (5.5)4 Holes
2230
22 30'
AXU

AXH
4GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.26 (32)
4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
1.18
(30)
0.02
4.09 0.5)

(104
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

0
(830.035
)
0
0.39370.0006
0
(100.015
)
1.46 (37)
0.08 (2)
3.54 (90)
0.35 (9)
0
(12.70.018
)
0
3.26770.0014
0
0.50000.0007
1/2"
0.71(18)
1.42
(36)
3.50 (89)
1.85 (47)
0.75
(19)
0.45 (11.4)
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
3.54 (90)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
4.13 (105)
0.30(7.5)
0.39 (10)
d A367
US
0.02
4.09 0.5)

(104
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

'
22 30
22 30
5GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.65 (42)
5GN25KA~180KA: L = 2.36 (60)
Decimal Gearhead
Decimal Gearhead
d A013
d A022
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
Dimensions B-103
3.54 (90)
0.02
4.09 .5)
0
(104
0
(83 0.035
)
0.02
3.70 )
0.5
(94
0.71 (18)
0
3.26770.0014
2.17 (55)
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)
3.15 (80)
0
(73 0.030
)
0
2.8740 0.0012
1.79 (45.5)
1.26 (32)
0.53 (13.5)
0.08
(2)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
B-105
AC Motor Systems
5IK40RA-AWU
5IK40RA-CWE
5RK40RA-AWU
5RK40RA-CWE
5GNKA
ES
Round Shaft Type
5IK40RGN-AWU
5IK40RGN-CWE
5RK40RGN-AWU
5RK40RGN-CWE
BHF

AC Input
DC Input
3.70 0.5)

(94
0
(80.015
)
BX
3.11 (79)
1.85 (47)
0.50
(12.7)
0
0.3750
0.0006
3/8"
0

( 9.525
0.015)
3.15 (80)
0.59 (15)
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
1.34
(34)
0.347 (8.825)
3.35 (85)
0.28 (7)
Introduction
0.39 (10)
d A366
0
2.8740 0.0012
0
(730.030
)
Round Shaft Type
5IK60RGU-AWU
5IK60RGU-CWE
5RK60RGU-AWU
5RK60RGU-CWE
5IK60RA-AWU
5IK60RA-CWE
5RK60RA-AWU
5RK60RA-CWE
5GUKA
d A069U (5GU3KA180KA)
d A358
1.30
(33)
0
0.47240.0007
0
120.018
.02
90
4.0 40.5)
0
1

(
0.28 (7)
1.50 (38)
0.30 (7.5)
5.91 (150)
2.56 (65)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
3.54 (90)
1.30
(33)
0.0
0
3.26770.0014
0
(830.035)
1.18
(30)
0.43 (11)
1.34
(34)
3.54 (90)
(28.58)
0.71(18)
Cable 0.44 (11.2), 20 inch (500 mm) Length

3 Motor Leads:
2 Generator Leads: UL Style 3266, AWG 24
2 Cooling Fan Leads: UL Style 3266, AWG 24
0
5/8"
0.62500.0005
0
15.8750.011
(
)
1.125
1.65
(42)
0.73
(18.5)
0.08 (2)
1.46 (37) 0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
4.09 0.5)
4
(10
3.54 (90)
0
(4.7630.03
)
0.0016
0
0.040
4.763 0
0.1875
0.004
0
0.1
2.743 0
0.18750.0012
0.108
)
(
1.1250.008
(28.580.2)
0
4.7630.03
0.18750.0012
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to 5IK60RGU, 5RK60RGU type
5GU10XKB Weight: 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)
d A029
3.54 (90)
0.02
4.09 )
0.5
(104
0
(83 0.035
)
0.83 (21)
0
3.2677 0.0014
2.40 (61)
1.57 (40)
0.08
(2)
0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes
B-106
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
V Series
Combination Type
VSI206A[C]-U[E]
VSR206A[C]-U[E]
Weight: 2.9 lb. (1.3 kg) (Including Gearhead)
2.36(60)
0
(100.015
)
.02
0.94
(24)
0.39 (10)
22 30'
0.0016
0
(2.5
0.004
0
0.1
0
0.1575
ES
Combination Type
US
VSI315A[C]-U[E]
VSR315A[C]-U[E]
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
2.76 (70)
.02
0.47 (12)
1.26
(32)
30
3.2 0.5)

( 82
22 30'
Dimensions B-103
0.15750.0012
0.1575
0.0016
0
0
40.03
0.040
4 0
0.9840.008
(250.2)
Gear Ratio: 518:

L = 1.5 (38)
Gear Ratio: 30120: L = 1.69 (43)
Gear Ratio: 180360: L = 1.89 (48)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
0.004
0.098 0
0.1
2.5 0

0
0.15750.0012
0
40.03
1.26 (32)
L
0.2 (5)
0.98
(25)
0
(120.018
)
3.15 (80)
0.28 (7)
2.72 (69)
1.85 (47)
0.39 (10)
0
0.47240.0007
d A243A (Gear Ratio: 518)

A243B (Gear Ratio: 30120)
A243C (Gear Ratio: 180360)
B-107
AC Motor Systems
(40.040
)
0
0.098
0
(40.03
)
0.15750.0012
0
(40.03
)
BHF
0.9840.008
(250.2)
AXH
Gear Ratio: 518:

L = 1.34 (34)
Gear Ratio: 30120: L = 1.5 (38)
Gear Ratio: 180360: L = 1.69 (43)

AC Input
DC Input
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
AXU

FBL2

BX
60
2.7 0.5)
0
7
(
0.15750.0012
L 1.26 (32)
0.16 (4)
0.98
(25)
2.36 (60)
1.85 (47)
2.95 (75)
0.28 (7)
Introduction
0.39 (10)
0
0.39370.0006

VSI425A[C]-U[E]
VSR425A[C]-U[E]
3.35 (85)
1.38 (35)
0.28 (7)
0.28 (7)
.02
00
3.7 0.5)
4
9

(
0.51 (13)
3.11 (79)
1.85 (47)
1.34
(34)
0.98
(25)
3.15 (80)
(15
00.018)
0.39 (10)
0.5906
00.0007
Combination Type

0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes

22 30'
0.1969
0.0016
0
(50.040
)
0
0
50.03
)
(3
0.118
0.19690.0012
0.1
0
0.004
0
0
50.03
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.19690.0012
Gear Ratio: 518:

L = 1.61 (41)
Gear Ratio: 30120: L = 1.81 (46)
Gear Ratio: 180360: L = 2.01 (51)
Combination Type
VSI540A[C]-U[E]
VSR540A[C]-U[E]
0
(180.018
)
L
1.65 (42)
0.2 (5)
0.98
(25)
3.54 (90)
.02
90
4.0 40.5)
0
1

(
1.57
(40)
4.13 (105)
0.30 (7.5)
0.71 (18)
3.50 (89)
1.85 (47)
0.39 (10)
0
0.70870.0007


0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes

'
22 30
0.2362
0.0016
0
0.040
6 0
Specifications B-86
(3.5
0
0.23620.0012
0
60.03
0.138
Features B-86
0
60.03
0.9840.008
(250.2)
B-108
0.23620.0012
0.004
0
0.1
0

Gear Ratio: 518:
L = 1.77 (45)
Gear Ratio: 3090: L = 2.28 (58)
Gear Ratio: 120300: L = 2.52 (64)
Combination Type
VSI560A[C]-U[E]
VSR560A[C]-U[E]
3.54 (90)
0
(180.018
)
L
1.65 (42)
0.2 (5)
0.98
(25)
0.0
4.09 0.5)

(104

AXU
0.335 (8.5) 4 Holes

0
(60.03
)
0.0016
0
(60.040
)
0
0.004
0
0.1
3.5 0
0.2362
0.23620.0012
0.138
0
60.03
0.9840.008
(250.2)
ES
US
Combination Type
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
VSI590A[C]-U[E]
VSR590A[C]-U[E]
3.54 (90)
0.335 (8.5)
4 Holes
1.65(42)
L
0.2(5)
0.98
(25)
2
0.0
4.09 0.5)
(104
0.71(18)
3.54(90)
1.57
(40)
0.30(7.5)
6.50(165)
0
0.7087
0.0007
0
18
0.018

3 Motor Leads 12 inch (300mm) Length

Dimensions B-103
0.2362
0.0012
0
(6
0.03
)
0.2362
0.0016
0
(60.040
)
0
(3.5
0
(6
0.03
)
Gear Ratio: 515:

L = 1.77 (45)
Gear Ratio: 1836: L = 2.28 (58)
Gear Ratio: 60180: L = 2.76 (70)
0.9840.008
(250.2)
0.138
0.004
0
0.1
0

0
2 Cooling Fan Leads

0.2362
0.0012

B-109
AC Motor Systems
Gear Ratio: 518:

L = 1.77 (45)
Gear Ratio: 3090: L = 2.28 (58)
Gear Ratio: 120300: L = 2.52 (64)
BHF
0.23620.0012
AXH
2 Cooling Fan Leads


AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
0.71 (18)
BX
3.54 (90)
1.57
(40)
0.30 (7.5)
Introduction
5.91 (150)
0
0.70870.0007

Dimension No:w
0.28
(7)
B
0.24(6)
AMP#187
0.16 (4)
C
0.16(4)
C
AMP#187
0.169
0.79
(4.3) (20)
0.24
(6)
0.39
(10)
0.18
(4.5)
0.169 0.79
(4.3) (20)
A
B0.59 (15)
A
B0.39 (10)
Dimension No:q
Capacitor (Included)
0.39
(10)
Capacitor Dimensions Unit = inch (mm)
R0
.
(10 39
)
World K Series
Model
Pinion Shaft Type
Capacitor
Model
Round Shaft Type
Weight
oz. (g)
2IK6RGN-AWU
2IK6RA-AWU
CH25FAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
0.71 (20)
2IK6RGN-CWE
2IK6RA-CWE
CH06BFAUL
1.22 (31)
0.57 (14.5)
0.93 (23.5)
0.53 (15)
3IK15RGN-AWU
3IK15RA-AWU
CH45FAUL
1.46 (37)
0.71 (18)
1.06 (27)
1.06 (30)
3IK15RGN-CWE
3IK15RA-CWE
CH10BFAUL
1.46 (37)
0.71 (18)
1.06 (27)
1.06 (30)
4IK25RGN-AWU
4IK25RA-AWU
CH65CFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
4IK25RGN-CWE
4IK25RA-CWE
CH15BFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
5IK40RGN-AWU
5IK40RA-AWU
CH90CFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
5IK40RGN-CWE
5IK40RA-CWE
CH23BFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
5IK60RGU-AWU
5IK60RA-AWU
CH180CFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
5IK60RGU-CWE
5IK60RA-CWE
CH40BFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
2RK6RGN-AWU
2RK6RA-AWU
CH35FAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
0.71 (20)
2RK6RGN-CWE
2RK6RA-CWE
CH08BFAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
0.71 (20)
3RK15RGN-AWU 3RK15RA-AWU
CH60CFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
3RK15RGN-CWE
CH15BFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
CH80CFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.75 (19)
1.14 (29)
1.41 (40)
4RK25RGN-CWE
3RK15RA-CWE
4RK25RA-CWE
CH20BFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.75 (19)
1.14 (29)
1.24 (35)
CH120CFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.77 (50)
5RK40RGN-CWE
5RK40RA-CWE
CH35BFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.87 (22)
1.38 (35)
1.94 (55)
5RK60RGU-AWU 5RK60RA-AWU
CH200CFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.4 (95)
5RK60RGU-CWE
CH50BFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.0 (85)
5RK60RA-CWE
Dimension No.
If you need to order a capacitor without a motor, add "-C" to the capacitor model name shown. A capacitor cap is included with a capacitor.
V Series
Model
Combination Type
Capacitor
Model
Weight
oz. (g)
0.71 (20)
VSI206A-U
CH25FAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
VSI206C-E
CH06BFAUL
1.22 (31)
0.57 (14.5)
0.93 (23.5)
0.53(15)
VSI315A-U
CH45FAUL
1.46 (37)
0.71 (18)
1.06 (27)
1.06 (30)
VSI315C-E
CH10BFAUL
1.46 (37)
0.71 (18)
1.06 (27)
1.06 (30)
VSI425A-U
CH65CFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
VSI425C-E
CH15BFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
VSI540A-U
CH90CFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
VSI540C-E
CH23BFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
VSI560A-U
CH180CFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
VSI560C-E
CH40BFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
VSI590A-U
CH200CFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.4 (95)
VSI590C-E
CH60BFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.0 (85)
VSR206A-U
CH35FAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
0.71 (20)
0.71 (20)
VSR206C-E
CH08BFAUL
1.22 (31)
0.67 (17)
1.06 (27)
VSR315A-U
CH60CFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.41 (40)
VSR315C-E
CH15BFAUL
1.5 (38)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.24 (35)
VSR425A-U
CH80CFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.75 (19)
1.14 (29)
1.41 (40)
VSR425C-E
CH20BFAUL
1.89 (48)
0.75 (19)
1.14 (29)
1.24 (35)
VSR540A-U
CH120CFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.83 (21)
1.22 (31)
1.77 (50)
VSR540C-E
CH35BFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.87 (22)
1.38 (35)
1.94 (55)
VSR560A-U
CH200CFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.4 (95)
VSR560C-E
CH50BFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.0 (85)
VSR590A-U
CH300CFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.38 (35)
1.97 (50)
4.9 (140)
VSR590C-E
CH70BFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.38 (35)
1.97 (50)
4.6 (130)
Dimension No.
If you need to order a capacitor without a motor, add "-C" to the capacitor model name shown. A capacitor cap is included with a capacitor.
B-110
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Names and Function of Parts
The illustration has the cover removed. Install the cover after connection.
1 POWER LED
Turns on (green) while power is being supplied.
2 Internal speed potentiometer

VR2
VR3
VR1
3 Acceleration time potentiometer
TB3
BLK
RED
WHT
MOTOR

AC Input
DC Input
2
N
11
BLU
AXH
1
FG
10
BLU
AXU
NC
BHF
S1 Common terminal for running and braking

S2 Run/Stop input
Runs (OFF) or stops (ON) the motor.
S3 Run/Brake input
Runs (OFF) or brakes (ON) the motor.
S4, S5, S6 Speed potentiometer inputs
When S4 and S5 are shorted, the speed
can be set using the internal speed
potentiometer (INT-VR).
When S4 and S5 are open, the speed
can be set using an external speed
potentiometer (EXT-VR).
When using an external speed potentiometer,
connect it to S4 and S6.
FBL2
Installation
hole
5 Control input terminal
BX
Set the deceleration time for motor stop.
EXT-VR
BRAKE
Installation
hole
4 Deceleration time potentiometer
INT-VR
STOP
Set the acceleration time for motor startup.
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
POWER SPEED ACCEL DECEL
Introduction
Set the motors operating speed.

LED1
(terminals 2 and 3)
(terminals 4, 5 and 6)
8 Generator connection terminal
(terminals 10 and 11)

Connect the blue generator lead wires.
9 FG terminal (terminal 1)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
DIN lever
Dimensions B-103
US
7 Motor connection terminal
ES
B-111
AC Motor Systems
6 Power connection terminal
Connection Diagrams
Uni-directional Operation
Run
SW3
Brake
(When using internal speed potentiometer)
Run
SW2
Stop
LED1
VR2
VR3
VR1
TB3
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
INT-VR
STOP
EXT-VR
BRAKE
10
NC
AWG18 (0.75 mm ) min.

2
Power Supply
Voltage
ES01
110 VAC 60 Hz
115 VAC 60 Hz
Capacitor
11
BLU
BLU
FG
BLK
RED
MOTOR
WHT
Motor
AWG18 (0.75 mm2)

min.
Blue
Blue
Frame Ground
AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min.
White
Red
Black
Orange
Orange
Power Supply
ES02
Fuse
220 VAC 50/60 Hz
SW1
230 VAC 50/60 Hz
These are lead wires for the cooling fan.

These should be connected only when
using 60 and 90 W type.
For uni-directional operation, connect the lead wires of the motor to the controller in this order: For CW operation, connect the Red wire to terminal #5 and the White wire to
terminal #6. For CCW operation, connect the White wire to terminal #5 and the Red wire to terminal #6.
When using external speed potentiometer,see page B-114.
Bi-directional Operation
(When using internal speed potentiometer)
Run
SW3
Brake
SW2
Run
Stop
LED1
VR2
VR3
VR1
TB3
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
INT-VR
STOP
EXT-VR
BRAKE
10
NC
11
BLU
BLU
FG
BLK
RED
MOTOR
WHT
AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min.

Power Supply
Voltage
ES01
110 VAC 60 Hz
115 VAC 60 Hz
Frame Ground
AWG18 (0.75 mm2) min.
Power Supply Fuse

ES02
220 VAC 50/60 Hz
SW1
230 VAC 50/60 Hz
Blue
Ro
Co
Blue
CW
Motor
CCW
Co
Ro
Co
Ro
CW
CCW
SW4
Co
Ro
White
Red
Black
Orange
Orange
AWG18 (0.75mm ) min.
2
When using external speed potentiometer,see page B-114.
B-112
These are lead wires for the cooling fan.

These should be connected only when
using 60 W and 90 W type.
Capacitor
Features B-86
Specifications B-86
Specifications of the Switches and Fuse

220/230 VAC (ES02)
110/115 VAC (ES01)
250 VAC 5 A
125 VAC 10 A
SW1
18 VDC 1 mA
SW2, SW3
250 VAC 5 A
125 VAC 10 A
SW4
R0=5200
C0=0.10.2 F, 200 WV
R0=5200
C0=0.10.2 F, 400 WV
Fuse
Product certified under the UL/CSA248-14 standard or

equivalent 250 VAC 10 A
Product certified under the UL/CSA248-14 standard or

equivalent 250 VAC 5 A
Introduction
R0, C0
(Surge suppressor)
BX
Precaution for wiring

The control input terminals are not insulated from the AC power supply. Any equipment (sequencer, relay and/or switch) that will be connected to the
control input terminals must have contact ratings of 18 VDC and 1 mA min.
The length of the cable connecting the motor and speed controller should be no more than 32.8 feet (10 m).
The length of the control cable should be no more than 6.6 feet (2 m) and as short as possible.
Switching between
Two Speed Levels/Stop
Run/Stop Immediately
Acceleration/
Deceleration Operation
AXH
High Speed
High Speed
BHF
Low Speed
CW (Clockwise Direction)
ES
Low Speed
ON
Power Supply
SW2
Run/Stop Input
OFF
US
SW1
OFF
Run/Brake Input
SW4
CW/CCW Input
Internal/
External Speed
Setting
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Run
Stop
Run
Stop
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
SW3
ON
0.5s min.
Run
Brake Run
CW
CCW
Internal
ON
External
Brake
Run
CW
Internal
External
Internal
Case where the acceleration and deceleration times are set longer by turning each potentiometer clockwise.
Run/Brake, Stop
Run/Stop Input
Run/Brake Input
Motor Operation
OFF
OFF
Runs
Setting SW2/SW3 to Run (OFF) causes the motor to rotate at the speed set
OFF
ON
Stops Immediately
via the speed potentiometers.
Coasts to a Stop
ON
OFF
Setting SW2 to Stop (ON) during operation
The slow down time set with a potentiometer is longer than
causes the motor to coast to a stop.
the time which motor coasts to a stop, motor will stop with
Setting SW3 to Brake (ON) during operation
slow down time.
causes the motor to stop immediately.
The braking function (current through the motor) is only active for approximately 0.4 seconds after the Run/Brake input is turned
ON. It is important to wait 0.5 seconds, or greater, prior to switching back to Run. Otherwise, damage to the speed controller may
result.
Switching the Direction of Rotation

SW4 is used to switch the motors direction of rotation.
When SW4 is set to CW, the motor rotates in the clockwise direction, as seen from the motors output-shaft side.
When SW4 is set to CCW, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction, as seen from the motors output-shaft side.
The rotating direction of the gear output shaft is opposite that of the motor shaft, depends on the gear ratio.
Instant switching between forward and reverse operations is possible with a reversible motor. Connect a surge suppressor between the relay contacts. Oriental Motor also
provides an optional EPCR1201-2 CR circuit for surge suppression.Page A-218
For bi-directional operation of an induction motor, switch the rotating direction after the motor has come to a complete stop.
Dimensions B-103
B-113
AC Motor Systems
Motor Operation
CCW
(Counter-Clockwise
Direction)
AXU
The timing chart below shows an example of switching between two speed levels when the high speed and low speed are
selected via the internal and external speed potentiometers, respectively.

AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
Timing Chart
Speed Setting Methods

The following two methods of setting speed can be used.
Internal Speed Potentiometer
The setting range is from 90 to 1400 r/min at 50 Hz or 90 to
1600 r/min at 60 Hz. Short the speed potentiometer input
terminals S4 and S5.
Turning the potentiometer clockwise will set a faster speed.
The factory setting is 0 r/min.
External Speed Potentiometer (included)

Open the speed potentiometer input terminals S4 and S5.
Before connecting, turn the dial on the external speed
potentiometer counterclockwise to set the speed to 0 r/min.
Turning the dial clockwise will set a faster speed.
External
Speed Potentiometer
20 k 1/4 W
with a linear resistance vs.
angle curve
2000
2000
60 Hz
1000
50 Hz
1500
Speed [r/min]
Internal Speed Potentiometer
Speed [r/min]
10
50 Hz
1500
60 Hz
500
1000
500
TB3
0
6
8 10
2
4
Internal speed potentiometer position
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
0
5
10
15
20
Speed potentiometer resistance [k]
S6
Internal speed potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
External speed potentiometer resistancespeed characteristics (typical value)
Note:
Do not operate multiple speed controllers with a single external speed
potentiometer. Doing so may damage the speed controllers.
Acceleration and Deceleration Operation

Equipment and loads are subject to large acceleration/deceleration force when starting, stopping, and changing speeds. When
you want to accelerate/decelerate without any accompanying shock, the acceleration/deceleration time can be extended using
the slow start/slow down function. The slow start/slow down time can be set using acceleration/deceleration time potentiometers
built into the control pack. However, when the load inertia is large, the deceleration time cannot be set at a shorter time than
when the motor is stopped naturally.
Acceleration
The acceleration function is actuated at start or when the
speed is switched to the higher setting in a two-level speed
control system.
Turning the acceleration time potentiometer clockwise will
increase the set time.
The factory setting is 0 (no acceleration).
Deceleration
The deceleration function is actuated during natural stop or
when the speed is switched to the lower setting in a two-level
speed control system.
Turning the deceleration time potentiometer clockwise will
increase the set time.
The factory setting is 0 (no deceleration).
10
Acceleration Time Potentiometer
20
10
10
Deceleration Time Potentiometer

5
10
15
10
Acceleration time potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
B-114
Deceleration time [sec /1000 r/ min]
Acceleration time [sec / 1000 r/ min]
15
Features B-86
10
Deceleration time potentiometer positionspeed characteristics (typical value)
Specifications B-86
When running/braking of the motor is repeated in short cycles, the rise in motor temperature will increase and the continuousoperation time will be limited.
Use the following values as a guideline:
Motor Output
Repetition Cycle
W
640
2 seconds min. (Running 1 second, stopping 1 second)
1/12, 1/8
60, 90
4 seconds min. (Running 2 seconds, stopping 2 seconds)
Note:
The motor may generate heat, depending on the conditions in which it is driven. Ensure that the temperature of the motor case does not exceed 194F (90C).
BX
Braking Current
1/125
1.5
1.0
1/50
15
3.5
2.0
1/30
25
5.5
3.0
1/19
40
8.5
6.0
1/12
60
15.5
8.0
1/8
90
20.5
12.0
AXH
AXU

AC Input
DC Input
Braking Current (Peak Value) [A]
HP
FBL2
When the motor is commanded to stop immediately, the following braking current will flow. Provide an appropriate power supply
by referring to these values.
Motor Output
Introduction
HP
1/1251/19
Repeated Operation/Braking Cycle
BHF
Model names for motor/gearhead combinations are shown below.

Output Power
1/125
1/50
15
1/30
25
1/19
40
1/12
60
1/8
90
Model
Motor Model
VSI206A-U
VSI206A-GV
VSI206C-E
VSI206C-GV
VSI315A-U
VSI315A-GV
VSI315C-E
VSI315C-GV
VSI425A-U
VSI425A-GV
VSI425C-E
VSI425C-GV
VSI540A-U
VSI540A-GVH
VSI540C-E
VSI540C-GVH
VSI560A-U
VSI560A-GVH
VSI560C-E
VSI560C-GVH
VSI590A-U
VSI590A-GVR
VSI590C-E
VSI590C-GVR
Gearhead Model
GV2G
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
US
HP
ES
Induction Motors
GV3G
GV4G
GVH5G
GVH5G
GVR5G
Reversible Motors
Output Power
HP
1/125
1/50
15
1/30
25
1/19
40
1/12
60
1/8
90
Model
Motor Model
VSR206A-U
VSR206A-GV
VSR206C-E
VSR206C-GV
VSR315A-U
VSR315A-GV
VSR315C-E
VSR315C-GV
VSR425A-U
VSR425A-GV
VSR425C-E
VSR425C-GV
VSR540A-U
VSR540A-GVH
VSR540C-E
VSR540C-GVH
VSR560A-U
VSR560A-GVH
VSR560C-E
VSR560C-GVH
VSR590A-U
VSR590A-GVR
VSR590C-E
VSR590C-GVR
Gearhead Model
GV2G
GV3G
GV4G
GVH5G
GVH5G
GVR5G
Dimensions B-103
B-115
AC Motor Systems
List of Motor and Gearhead Combinations
AC Motor Systems
US Series
The US Series combines a control unit and an AC speed
control motor. Connection between the motor and control unit
is simplified by an easy-to-use connector. The US Series is
designed for applications where remote control of the motor
speed and easy installation are required.
Features
Gearhead show in the photograph is sold separately.
Easy Connection
Control units combine the control pack, potentiometer and capacitor into one device (except 60 W and 90 W models). Operation
is possible just by connecting the control unit into the power supply after connecting the motor and control unit together using the
connector.
Easy Operation
The speed can be set easily with the potentiometer on the front panel of the control unit.
Approved by Safety Standards

The US Series is recognized by UL/CSA standards and conforms to EN standards. CE marking is used in accordance with the
Low Voltage Directives.

Standards
Certification Body
Standards File No.
UL
E64199 (6 W type)
E64197 (15 W90 W type)
EN60950
VDE
114919G (6 W type)
6751G (15 W90 W type)
EN60034-1
EN60034-5
UL1004
UL2111
CSA C22.2 No.100
CSA C22.2 No.77
Motor
CE Marking
IEC60034-11 (15 W90 W type)

UL508
Control Unit
UL
CSA C22.2 No.14

EN60950
EN50178
E91291
When the system is approved under various safety standards, the model names on the motor and control unit are the approved model names.
List of Motor and Control Unit CombinationsPage B-130
Single-Phase 220/230 VAC models conform to EMC directives.
The EMC value changes according to the wiring and layout. Therefore, the final EMC level must be checked with the motor/control unit incorporated in the user's
equipment.
Product Line

Output Power
HP
W
1/125
6
1/50
15
1/30
25
1/19
40
1/12
60
1/8
90
B-116
Model
Pinion Shaft
US206-401U
US315-401U
US425-401U
US540-401U
US560-501U
US590-501U
Output Power
HP
W
1/125
6
1/50
15
1/30
25
1/19
40
1/12
60
1/8
90
Round Shaft
US206-001U
US315-001U
US425-001U
US540-001U
US560-001U
US590-001U
Features B-116
Model
Pinion Shaft
US206-402E
US315-402E
US425-402E
US540-402E
US560-502E
US590-502E
Specifications B-118
Round Shaft
US206-002E
US315-002E
US425-002E
US540-002E
US560-002E
US590-002E
Motor Model
Right-Angle Gearheads (Sold Separately)
Gearhead Model
2GN3KA2GN180KA
3GN3KA3GN180KA
4GN3KA4GN180KA
5GN3KA5GN180KA
5GU3KA5GU180KA
5GU10XKB (Decimal Gearhead)
5GU50KHA5GU180KHA
5GU10XK (Decimal Gearhead)
US206 Type
US315 Type
US425 Type
US560,
US590 Type
US590 Type
Hollow Shaft
Solid Shaft
Gearhead Model
4GN3.6RH4GN180RH
5GN3.6RH5GN180RH
5GU3.6RH5GU180RH
4GN3.6RAA4GN180RAA
5GN3RAA5GN180RAA
5GU3RAA5GU180RAA
Introduction
US540 Type
Type of Shaft
Gearheads (Sold Separately)
BX
FBL2

(Page A-214)
AXU
Flexible Couplings
(Accessories)
(Page A-208)
Motor Mounting Brackets

(Accessories)
(Page A-204)
AXH
Extension Cables
(Accessories)
(Page B-130)
Control Unit
BHF
Motor
US Series
Product Number Code
US 5 60 - 5 0 1 U
Included Capacitor
U: 110/115 VAC
E: 220/230 VAC
Voltage
1: Single-Phase 110/115 VAC
2: Single-Phase 220/230 VAC
Motor Type
0: Induction Motor (Continuous rating)
Shaft Type
0: Round Shaft
4: GN Pinion Shaft (for use with GN-type gearhead)
5: GU Pinion Shaft (for use with GU-type gearhead)
Output Power
06: 6 W
15: 15 W
25: 25 W
40: 40 W
60: 60 W
90: 90 W
Motor Frame Size

2: 2.36 in. sq. (60 mm sq.)
3: 2.76 in. sq. (70 mm sq.)
4: 3.15 in. sq. (80 mm sq.)
5: 3.54 in. sq. (90 mm sq.)
Series
US: US Series
Product Number Code of the GearheadsPage A-16

Dimensions B-123
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations B-130
B-117
AC Motor Systems
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Capacitor Cap (Included)

Insulates capacitor terminals section
Included with 60 W, 90 W models
Right-Angle Gearhead
(Sold separately)
(Page A-189)
US
Capacitor (Included)
Included with 60 W, 90 W
models
ES
AC
Power (Not Supplied)
Supply
Gearhead
(Sold separately)

AC Input
DC Input
Rr C
Specifications
Maximum
Output
Power
HP W
Model
Pinion Shaft
Round Shaft
Z US206-401U US206-001U 1/125 6
Z US206-402E
US206-002E
1/125 6
T US315-401U US315-001U
T US315-402E
US315-002E
1/50 15
T US425-401U US425-001U
T US425-402E
1/50 15
US425-002E
1/30 25
1/30 25
T US540-401U US540-001U
1/19 40
T US540-402E
US540-002E
1/19 40
T US560-501U US560-001U
1/12 60
T US560-502E
US560-002E
1/12 60
T US590-501U US590-001U
T US590-502E
US590-002E
1/8 90
1/8 90
Voltage
VAC
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 110
Single-Phase 115
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 220
Single-Phase 230
Single-Phase 230
Hz
60
60
50
60
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
r/min
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
901600
901600
901400
901600
901400
901600
Permissible Torque
oz-in mNm
1200r/min
7.1
50
7.1
50
7.1
50
7.1
50
7.1
50
7.1
50
17.7
125
17.7
125
17.7
125
12
85
17.7
125
14.9
105
28
200
28
200
26
190
18.4
130
26
190
18.4
130
36
260
36
260
42
300
32
230
42
300
32
230
69
490
69
490
69
490
63
450
69
490
63
450
103
730
103
730
103
730
103
730
103
730
103
730
90r/min
4.2
30
4.2
30
4.1
29
4.1
29
4.1
29
4.1
29
6.3
45
6.3
45
4.9
35
4.9
35
4.9
35
4.9
35
7.1
50
7.1
50
6.1
43
6.1
43
6.6
47
6.1
43
9.9
70
9.9
70
8.9
63
8.9
63
8.9
63
8.9
63
28
200
28
200
19.8
140
22
160
19.8
140
22
160
28
200
28
200
32
230
36
260
32
230
36
260
Starting
Torque
oz-in mNm
4.9
4.9
4.1
3.8
4.1
4.1
7.8
7.8
7.6
7.3
7.6
7.8
14.9
14.9
12.3
11.3
12.3
12.3
25.0
25.0
19.8
17.7
19.8
19.8
40
40
34
29
34
34
57
57
51
51
56
56
35
35
29
27
29
29
55
55
54
52
54
55
105
105
87
80
87
87
180
180
140
125
140
140
285
285
240
210
240
240
405
405
360
360
400
400
Current
Power
Consumption
A
0.24
0.25
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.47
0.50
0.21
0.18
0.21
0.22
0.74
0.74
0.33
0.31
0.35
0.31
1.1
1.1
0.53
0.55
0.53
0.55
2.0
2.1
0.85
0.86
0.89
0.88
2.6
2.6
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
W
24
28
25
27
28
28
44
44
40
39
41
44
70
73
60
59
62
60
102
105
90
98
90
100
178
186
154
159
154
165
230
246
200
221
201
227
Z: Impedance Protected.
T: Contains a built-in thermal protector. If a motor overheats for any reason, the thermal protector is opened and the motor stops. When the motor
temperature drops, the thermal protector closes and the motor automatically restarts. Be sure to turn off the power before inspecting.
The speed ranges shown are under no load conditions.
The "U" and "E" at the end of the model number indicate that the unit includes a capacitor. These letters are not listed on the motor nameplate.
General Specifications of the Motor

Item
Dielectric Strength
Temperature Rise
Overheating Protection Device
Insulation Class
Ambient Humidity
B-118
Specifications
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between the windings and the frame after rated motor operation under normal ambient
temperature and humidity.
Sufficient to withstand 1.5 kV at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between the windings and the frame after rated motor operation under
normal ambient temperature and humidity for 1 minute.
144F (80C) or less measured by the resistance change method after rated operation of motor with connected gearhead or
equivalent heat radiation plate.
US206 models are impedance protected.
All others have built-in thermal protector (Automatic return type)
Operating temperature, open: 266F9F (130C5C) Close: 179.6F27F (82C15C)
Class B (266F [130C])
85% maximum (non condensing)
US206, US315, US425, US540: IP20
US560, US590: IP40
Features B-116
Heat radiation plate (material: Aluminum)

Model (output)
US206 Type (6 W)
US315 Type (15 W)
US425 Type (25 W)
US540 Type (40 W)
US560 Type (60 W)
US590 Type (90 W)
Size inch (mm)

4.534.53 (115115)
4.924.92 (125125)
5.315.31 (135135)
6.506.50 (165165)
7.877.87 (200200)
7.877.87 (200200)
Thickness inch (mm)
0.20 (5)
Item
Dielectric Strength
High Speed
Low Speed
3.6
444
388
25
5
320
280
18
6
266
233
15
7.5
213
186
12
9 12.5 15
177 128 106
155 112 93
10
7.2
6
Unit = r/min
18
88
77
5
25
64
56
3.6
30
53
46
3
36
44
38
2.5
50
32
28
1.8
60
26
23
1.5
75
21
18
1.2
90 100 120 150 180

17
16
13
10
8.8
15
14
11
9
7
1
0.9 0.75 0.6 0.5
US315-401U
/3GNKA
US425-401U
/4GNKA
US540-401U
/5GNKA
US560-501U
/5GUKA
US590-501U
/5GUKA
US590-501U
/5GUKHA
3.6
1.32
0.15
0.77
0.088
3.1
0.36
1.15
0.13
5.1
0.58
1.32
0.15
6.7
0.76
1.77
0.2
12.3
1.4
5.1
0.58
18.5
2.1
5.1
0.58
5
1.77
0.2
1.06
0.12
4.5
0.51
1.59
0.18
7.1
0.81
1.77
0.2
9.7
1.1
2.4
0.28
17.7
2.0
7.1
0.81
26
3.0
7.1
0.81
6
2.1
0.24
1.32
0.15
5.3
0.61
1.94
0.22
8.5
0.97
2.1
0.24
11.5
1.3
3
0.34
21
2.4
8.5
0.97
30
3.5
8.5
0.97
7.5
2.6
0.3
1.59
0.18
6.7
0.76
2.3
0.27
10.6
1.2
2.6
0.3
14.1
1.6
3.8
0.43
26
3.0
10.6
1.2
38
4.4
10.6
1.2
9
3.1
0.36
1.94
0.22
8
0.91
2.9
0.33
13.2
1.5
3.1
0.36
16.8
1.9
4.5
0.51
31
3.6
13.2
1.5
46
5.3
13.2
1.5
12.5
4.5
0.51
2.6
0.3
11.5
1.3
4
0.46
17.7
2.0
4.5
0.51
23
2.6
6.2
0.71
39
4.5
15.9
1.8
59
6.7
15.9
1.8
15
5.3
0.61
3.1
0.36
13.2
1.5
4.8
0.55
21
2.4
5.3
0.61
28
3.2
7.5
0.85
47
5.4
19.4
2.2
70
8.0
19.4
2.2
18
6.4
0.73
3.8
0.44
15.9
1.8
5.8
0.66
25
2.9
6.4
0.73
33
3.8
8.8
1.0
56
6.4
23
2.6
84
9.6
23
2.6
25
8
0.91
4.8
0.55
20
2.3
7.2
0.82
32
3.7
8
0.91
41
4.7
11.5
1.3
71
8.1
29
3.3
106
12.0
29
3.3
30
9.7
1.1
5.8
0.66
23
2.7
8.7
0.99
38
4.4
9.7
1.1
50
5.7
13.2
1.5
85
9.7
35
4.0
128
14.5
35
4.0
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
36 50 60 75 90 100 120
11.5 15 17.7 22
26
26
26
1.3 1.7 2.0 2.5
3
3
3
6.9 8.7 10.6 13.2 15.9 17.7 21
0.79 0.99 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.4
29
36
44
44
44
44
44
3.3 4.1
5
5
5
5
5
10.6 13.2 15.9 19.4 23
26
31
1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.6
46
58
69
70
70
70
70
5.3 6.6 7.9
8
8
8
8
11.5 15 17.7 22
26
29
35
1.3 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.3 4.0
60
76
88
88
88
88
88
6.8 8.6
10
10
10
10
10
15.9 20
24
30
37
40
48
1.8 2.3 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.6 5.5
102 143 171 177 177 177 177
11.6 16.2 19.4 20
20
20
20
42
58
69
78
93 104 125
4.8 6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2
153 177 177 177 177 177 177
17.3 20
20
20
20
20
20
42
58
69
78
93 104 125
4.8 6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2
210 250 260 260 260 260
24.1 28.9 30
30
30
30
58
69
78
93 104 125
6.6 7.9 8.9 10.6 11.8 14.2
150
26
3
26
3
44
5
39
4.5
70
8
44
5.0
88
10
61
6.9
177
20
156
17.7
177
20
156
17.7
260
30
156
17.7
180
26
3
26
3
44
5
44
5
70
8
52
5.9
88
10
73
8.3
177
20
177
20
177
20
177
20
260
30
187
21.2
Gearheads and decimal gearheads are sold separately.

Dimensions B-123
B-119
AC Motor Systems
US206-401U
/2GNKA
3
1.06
0.12
0.64
0.073
2.6
0.3
0.97
0.11
4.3
0.49
1.06
0.12
5.5
0.63
1.5
0.17
10.6
1.2
4.3
0.49
15.9
1.8
4.3
0.49
Gear Ratio
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
Model
US
ES
When connecting a decimal gearhead with a gear ratio of 10:1 between the motor and the gearhead, the rotation rate is reduced.
The permissible torque with decimal gearheads are as follows.
4GNKA/4GN10XK 70 lb-in/8 Nm (Gear Ratio 2536 53 lb-in/6 Nm)
5GUKA/5GU10XKB 177 lb-in/20 Nm
5GUKHA/5GU10XK 260 lb-in/30 Nm
BHF
Permissible Torque when a Gearhead is Attached
AXH
60 Hz
50 Hz
3
533
466
30

AC Input
DC Input
Gear Ratio
AXU
Speed Range when Gearhead is Attached
FBL2

Ambient Humidity
BX
Specifications
100 M or more when 500 VDC is applied between all the pins and the frame.
Sufficient to withstand 2.3 kV (Single phase 220, 230 VAC: 3.0 kV) at 50 Hz and 60 Hz applied between all the pins and the frame
for 1 minute.
IP10
Introduction
General Specifications of the Control Unit

Model
US206-402E
/2GNKA
US315-402E
/3GNKA
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
90
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
3.6
1.32
0.15
0.75
0.085
2.2
0.25
3.1
0.36
2.7
0.31
0.88
0.1
3.3
0.38
4.8
0.55
1.15
0.13
1.23
0.14
5.9
0.67
7.6
0.87
1.59
0.18
11.5
1.3
12.3
1.4
4.1
0.47
3.6
0.41
18.5
2.1
6.7
0.76
5.9
0.67
5
1.77
0.2
1.06
0.12
3
0.34
4.5
0.51
3.8
0.43
1.23
0.14
4.6
0.53
6.8
0.77
1.5
0.17
1.68
0.19
8.2
0.93
10.6
1.2
2.3
0.26
15.9
1.8
17.7
2.0
5.7
0.65
5
0.57
26
3.0
9.7
1.1
8.2
0.93
6
2.1
0.24
1.23
0.14
3.6
0.41
5.3
0.61
4.5
0.51
1.5
0.17
5.5
0.63
8.1
0.92
18.5
0.21
2
0.23
9.7
1.1
13.2
1.5
2.7
0.31
19.4
2.2
21
2.4
6.9
0.78
6
0.68
30
3.5
11.5
1.3
9.7
1.1
7.5
2.6
0.3
1.59
0.18
4.6
0.52
6.7
0.76
5.6
0.64
1.85
0.21
6.9
0.79
10.6
1.2
2.3
0.26
2.5
0.29
12.3
1.4
15.9
1.8
3.3
0.38
23
2.7
26
3.0
8.5
0.97
7.5
0.85
38
4.4
14.1
1.6
12.3
1.4
9
3.1
0.36
1.85
0.21
5.4
0.62
8
0.91
6.8
0.77
2.3
0.26
8.4
0.95
12.3
1.4
2.7
0.31
3
0.34
15
1.7
19.4
2.2
4
0.46
29
3.3
31
3.6
10.6
1.2
8.8
1.0
46
5.3
16.8
1.9
15
1.7
12.5
4.5
0.51
2.5
0.29
7.6
0.86
11.5
1.3
9.7
1.1
3
0.35
11.5
1.3
16.8
1.9
3.8
0.44
4.2
0.48
20
2.3
26
3.0
5.6
0.64
36
4.1
39
4.5
13.2
1.5
11.5
1.3
59
6.7
21
2.4
18.5
2.1
15
5.3
0.61
3
0.35
8.8
1.0
13.2
1.5
11.5
1.3
3.8
0.43
14.1
1.6
20
2.3
4.6
0.52
5
0.57
24
2.8
31
3.6
6.8
0.77
43
4.9
47
5.4
15.9
1.8
13.2
1.5
70
8.0
24
2.8
22
2.5
18
6.4
0.73
3.7
0.42
10.6
1.2
15.9
1.8
13.2
1.5
4.5
0.51
16.8
1.9
24
2.8
5.5
0.63
6.1
0.69
30
3.4
38
4.4
8.1
0.92
52
5.9
56
6.4
18.5
2.1
15.9
1.8
84
9.6
30
3.4
26
3.0
25
8
0.91
4.6
0.53
14.1
1.6
20
2.3
16.8
1.9
5.6
0.64
21
2.4
30
3.5
6.9
0.78
7.6
0.86
37
4.2
48
5.5
9.7
1.1
65
7.4
71
8.1
23
2.6
20
2.3
106
12.0
38
4.3
33
3.8
30
9.7
1.1
5.6
0.64
16.8
1.9
23
2.7
20
2.3
6.8
0.77
24
2.8
37
4.2
8.3
0.94
8.8
1.0
44
5.0
58
6.6
12.3
1.4
78
8.9
85
9.7
28
3.2
24
2.8
128
14.5
45
5.1
40
4.6
36
11.5
1.3
6.7
0.76
19.4
2.2
29
3.3
24
2.8
8.1
0.92
30
3.4
44
5.0
9.7
1.1
10.6
1.2
53
6.0
69
7.9
15
1.7
94
10.7
102
11.6
33
3.8
29
3.3
153
17.3
54
6.2
48
5.5
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
90 r/min
220 VAC
60 Hz
1200 230 VAC
50 Hz
r/min
230 VAC
60 Hz
90 r/min
US425-402E
/4GNKA
US540-402E
/5GNKA
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
1200
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
90
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
1200
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
90 r/min
US560-502E
/5GUKA
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
1200
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
90
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
1200 r/min
US590-502E
/5GUKA
US590-502E
/5GUKHA
3
1.06
0.12
0.61
0.07
1.85
0.21
2.6
0.3
2.3
0.26
0.75
0.085
2.8
0.32
4
0.46
0.88
0.1
0.97
0.11
4.9
0.56
6.4
0.73
1.32
0.15
9.7
1.1
10.6
1.2
3.4
0.39
3
0.34
15.9
1.8
5.5
0.63
4.9
0.56
Gear Ratio
220/230 VAC
60 Hz
90
r/min 230 VAC
50 Hz
50
15
1.7
8.4
0.96
24
2.8
36
4.1
30
3.5
10.6
1.2
38
4.3
55
6.3
12.3
1.4
14.1
1.6
67
7.6
87
9.9
18.5
2.1
131
14.9
143
16.2
46
5.3
40
4.6
177
20
76
8.6
67
7.6
210
24.1
76
8.6
67
7.6
60
17.7
2.0
9.7
1.1
30
3.4
44
5
37
4.2
12.3
1.4
45
5.1
66
7.5
15
1.7
16.8
1.9
80
9.1
88
10
22
2.5
157
17.8
171
19.4
55
6.3
48
5.5
177
20
91
10.3
80
9.1
250
28.9
91
10.3
80
9.1
75
22
2.5
12.3
1.4
37
4.2
44
5
44
5
15
1.7
56
6.4
70
8
18.5
2.1
20
2.3
88
10
88
10
27
3.1
176
19.9
177
20
62
7.1
54
6.2
177
20
101
11.5
90
10.2
260
30
101
11.5
90
10.2
90
26
3
15
1.7
44
5
44
5
44
5
18.5
2.1
68
7.7
70
8
23
2.6
24
2.8
88
10
88
10
32
3.7
177
20
177
20
75
8.5
65
7.4
177
20
122
13.8
107
12.2
260
30
122
13.8
107
12.2
100
26
3
16.8
1.9
44
5
44
5
44
5
20
2.3
70
8
70
8
24
2.8
27
3.1
88
10
88
10
37
4.2
177
20
177
20
83
9.4
73
8.3
177
20
135
15.3
120
13.6
260
30
135
15.3
120
13.6
120
26
3
20
2.3
44
5
44
5
44
5
24
2.8
70
8
70
8
30
3.4
32
3.7
88
10
88
10
44
5.0
177
20
177
20
100
11.3
87
9.9
177
20
162
18.4
144
16.3
260
30
162
18.4
144
16.3
150
26
3
25
2.9
44
5
44
5
44
5
30
3.5
70
8
70
8
38
4.3
41
4.7
88
10
88
10
54
6.2
177
20
177
20
125
14.2
109
12.4
177
20
177
20
177
20
260
30
200
23
180
20.4
180
26
3
26
3
44
5
44
5
44
5
37
4.2
70
8
70
8
45
5.1
49
5.6
88
10
88
10
66
7.5
177
20
177
20
150
17
131
14.9
177
20
177
20
177
20
260
30
240
27.6
210
24.4
Gearheads and decimal gearheads are sold separately.

Gearmotor Torque Table when a Right-Angle Gearhead is Attached

Page A-196

Motor (Round shaft type)Page A-11
GearheadPage A-11
Permissible Load Inertia J for Gearhead

Page A-12
B-120
Features B-116
10
80

[oz-in]
[mNm]
Safe-Operation Line
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC

12 Gearhead is Attached
220 VAC/60 Hz Safe-Operation Line

10
60
40
4
20
2
0
0
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
40
0
500
1000
220 VAC/60 Hz
Safe-Operation Line
90
500
1000
1500 1800
Speed [r/min] 1400 1600
US425-402E
US425-001E
110 VAC
115 VAC
[oz-in]
[mNm]
1500 1800
1400 1600
Safe-Operation Line
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC
300
40
40
35
[oz-in]
90
[mNm]
Torque
Torque
10

250
30
200
200
Torque
Torque
15
80
Speed [r/min]
25
20
15
35

30
25
150
100
20
15
10
10
50
50
5
0
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
120
10
US425-401U
US425-001U
100

20
15
150
[oz-in]
[oz-in]
[mNm]
160
120
250
25
US
Safe-Operation Line
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC
90
Dimensions B-123
500
1500 1800
Speed [r/min] 14001600
1000
90
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500 1800
1400 1600
B-121
AC Motor Systems
110 VAC
115 VAC
20
300
1500 1800
1400 1600
US315-402E
US315-002E
160
1000
Speed [r/min]
200
40
500
ES
[mNm]
90
BHF
US315-401U
US315-001U
80
1500 1800
1400 1600
AXH
90
25
AXU
20
FBL2
40

AC Input
DC Input
Torque
BX
Torque
60
Introduction
80
US206-402E
US206-002E
110 VAC
115 VAC
[oz-in]
[mNm]
US206-401U
US206-001U
110 VAC
115 VAC
Permissible Torque when Safe-Operation Line
[oz-in]
60
US540-402E
US540-002E
[mNm]
[Nm]
[oz-in]
US540-401U
US540-001U
0.5
70
0.4
0.2
50
40
30
0.3
0.2
20
0
90
500
90
1500 1800
1400 1600
Speed [r/min]
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC
110 VAC
115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line
120
1.0 140
0.8
0.4
0.8
120

100
80
Torque
Torque
100
0.6
1500 1800
1400 1600
US560-502E
US560-002E
[mNm]
[oz-in]
1000
US560-501U
US560-001U
[Nm]
30
10
140
40
0.1
10
1.0
20
0.1
60

[oz-in]
0.3
0.4
Torque
Torque
50
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC
60
0.6
0.4
80
60
40
40
0.2
0.2
20
0
500
[Nm]
[oz-in]
140
90
1500 1800
1400 1600
Speed [r/min]
US590-501U
US590-001U
1.0
Speed [r/min]
110 VAC
115 VAC
Safe-Operation Line

120
1.2
100
1.0 140
80
60
0.8
40
0.4
20
0.2

120

80
60
40
90
500
1000
1500 1800
1400 1600
20
0
90
Speed [r/min]
B-122
100
0.6
0.2
1500 1800
1400 1600
50 Hz 230 VAC
60 Hz 230 VAC
50 Hz 220 VAC
60 Hz 220 VAC
160
Torque
Torque
0.4
1000
500
US590-502E
US590-002E
0.8
0.6
1000
[oz-in]
90
[mNm]
20
500
1000
1500 1800
1400 1600
Speed [r/min]
Features B-116
Mounting screws are included with gearheads. Dimensions for screws Page A-223
Motor/Gearhead
US206-401U, US206-402E (Pinion Shaft Type)

Motor: USM206-401W, USM206-402W
Gearhead: 2GNKA
0.39 (10)
0.94
(24)
0
(7.9370.015
)
2.36 (60)
02
0.
2.76 0.5)
0
7

(
FBL2
2.36 (60)
1.85 (47)
0
0.31250.0006
5/16"
AXU
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
Leads, 10 inch (250 mm) Length

W/connector
2230'
Housing
14803400 (AMP)
AXH
2GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.18 (30)
2GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.57 (40)
0
(540.030
)
0
(54 0.030
)
0
2.1260 0.0012
0.0
2.76 .5)
0
(70
2.36 (60)
0.177 (4.5)
4 Holes
0.0
2.76 .5)
0
(70
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
0
2.12600.0012
2.36 (60)
US
0.08
(2)
1.52 (38.5)
0.49(12.5)
1.02
(26)
0.08
(2)
ES
0
0.23620.0005
0
(60.012
)
Can be connected to US206GN pinion shaft type

2GN10XK
d A003
0.177 (4.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Motor/Gearhead

Gearhead: 3GNKA
Weight: 1.21 lb. (0.55 kg)
L
0.12 (3)
2.72 (69)
1.85 (47)
0.28
(7)
1.26 (32)
Leads,10 inch (250 mm) Length

W/connector
Housing
14803400 (AMP)
0.50
(12.7)
0
(9.5250.015
)
2.76 (70)
1.18
(30)
3.15 (80)
0.59 (15)
0.39 (10)
0.347 (8.825)
0
0.37500.0006
3/8"
0.02
3.23 )
0.5
(82
0.217 (5.5)
4 Holes
2230'
3GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.26 (32)
3GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.65 (42)
Dimensions B-123
B-123
AC Motor Systems
Decimal Gearhead
US206-001U, US206-002E
d A354
0.94
(24)
BHF
Round Shaft Type

AC Input
DC Input
0.50
(12.7)
0.293 (7.437)
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
BX
2.95 (75)
0.28
(7)
0.39 (10)
Introduction
Decimal Gearhead
US315-001U, US315-002E
d A355
0
(60.012
)
1.69 (43)
0.51 (13)
1.18(30)
0.08
(2)
2.76 (70)
0
2.51970.0012
0.0
3.23 .5)
0
(82
2.76 (70)
0.0
3.23 0.5)
2
(8
0
(640.030
)
0
0.23620.0005

3GN10XK
d A009
0
(640.030
)
1.26 (32)
0.08
(2)
0
2.51970.0012
Round Shaft Type
0.217 (5.5)
4 Holes
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
22 30
Motor/Gearhead

Gearhead: 4GNKA
Weight: 1.43 lb. (0.65 kg)
3.35 (85)
0.12 (3)
0.50
(12.7)
3.11 (79)
1.85 (47)
0.28
(7)
1.26 (32)
0
0.37500.0006
3/8"
3.15 (80)
0
(9.5250.015
)
0.59 (15)
1.34
(34)
0.39 (10)
0.347 (8.825)
.02
00
3.7 40.5)
9
(
0.217 (5.5)
4 Holes

W/connector
22 30
Housing
14803400 (AMP)
4GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.26 (32)
4GN25KA~180KA: L = 1.67 (42.5)
Round Shaft Type
Decimal Gearhead
US425-001U, US425-002E
d A356
0
2.8740 0.0012
0.0
3.70 .5)
0
(94
0.28 (7)
0
2.87400.0012
0
730.030
0
(80.015
)
0.08
(2)
0.98
(25)
1.79 (45.5)
1.26 (32)
0.53 (13.5)
0.08
(2)
3.15 (80)
0.217 (5.5)
4 Holes
3.15 (80)
0.02
3.70 )
0.5
(94
0
(73 0.030
)
0
0.31500.0006
1.26 (32)

4GN10XK
d A013
0.217 (5.5) 4 Holes
22 30
B-124
Features B-116
Motor/Gearhead

Gearhead: 5GNKA
4.13 (105)
1.26 (32)
0.12 (3)
3.54 (90)
0
(12.70.018
)
0.02
4.09 0.5)

(104
BX
3.50 (89)
1.85 (47)
0.75
(19)
0
0.50000.0007
1/2"
Introduction
0.30
(7.5)
0.71(18)
1.42
(36)
0.39 (10)
0.45(11.4)
2230'
AXU
Housing
14803400 (AMP)
AXH
5GN3KA~18KA:
L = 1.65 (42)
5GN25KA~180KA: L = 2.36 (60)
Round Shaft Type
Decimal Gearhead
0.02
0
3.26770.0014
0
(830.035
)
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
0.02
4.09 .5)
0
(104
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
4.09 0.5)
4
(10
0
(83 0.035
)
0
3.26770.0014
0.35 (9)
3.54 (90)
0.71 (18)
0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
2230
Motor/Gearhead
0.30 (7.5)
L
2.56 (65)
0.28 (7)
1.50 (38)
(
0
0.62500.0005
5/8"
0
(15.8750.011
)
0.02
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
1.30
(33)
9
4.0 40.5)
0
(1
1.34
(34)
0.71(18)
0.73
(18.5)
3.54 (90)
1.125
(28.58)
Dimensions B-123
0.0016
0
0.040
4.763 0
0.1875
Housing
14803450 (AMP)
0
4.7630.03
d A083U
Cable 0.44 (11.2),
1.65
(42)
0.18750.0012
Gearhead: 5GUKA
1.1250.008
(28.580.2)
0
4.7630.03
d A082U
0.18750.0012
Gearhead: 5GUKA
0.004
0.108 0
0.1
2.743 0

Model
L inch (mm)
DXF
US560 Type
5.91 (150)
A082U
US590 Type
6.50 (165)
A083U
3.54 (90)
B-125
AC Motor Systems
0
100.015
US
1.18
(30)
2.17 (55)
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)
3.54 (90)
ES
0
0.39370.0006
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)

5GN10XK
d A022
BHF
US540-001U, US540-002E
d A357

AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes

W/connector
Decimal Gearhead
Can be connected to US560GU and US590GU pinion shaft type

5GU10XKB (For 5GUKA), 5GU10XK (For 5GUKHA)
d A029
US590-001U, US590-002E
d A359
0
0.4724 0.0007
1.46 (37)
0.08
(2)
0
(120.018
)
0.0
0.256 (6.5)
4 Holes
3.54 (90)
0.83 (21)
0
3.2677 0.0014
4.09 0.5)
4
(10
0
(830.035
)
0.43 (11)
1.18
(30)
2.40 (61)
1.57 (40)
0.08
(2)
3.54 (90)
0.02
4.09 )
0.5
(104
0
(83 0.035
)
US560-001U, US560-002E
d A358
0
3.26770.0014
Round Shaft Type
5GU10XKB: 0.425 (10.8) 4 Holes

5GU10XK: 0.256 (6.5) 4 Holes
1.30
(33)
High-Power Gearheads
5GUKHA
d A038U
.02
0.335 (8.5)4 Holes
0
0.188 0.0020
1.125
(28.58)
Features B-116
(4.763 0.051)
0.188 0.0020
0
(4.763
0.051
0
)
0.106
(2.69)
9 0
4.0 0.5)
4
1
( 0
M6 P14Places
B-126
1.93 (49)
0
19.050.021
0
0.188 0.0020
0
(4.763 0.051)
3.54 (90)
1.125
(28.58)
0
0.7500 0.0008
1.93 (49)
1.65 (42)
0.28 (7)
1.57
(40)
3.35 (85)
0.47 (12)
0.71 (18)
0.39 (10)
Control Unit
For use with US206, US315, US425 and US540 types

USP206-1U/USP206-2E
USP315-1U/USP315-2E
USP425-1U/USP425-2E
USP540-1U/USP540-2E
Weight: 0.99 lb. (0.45 kg)
d A817
0.45 (11.5)
0.06 (1.5)
2.36 (60)
Introduction
3.54 max. (90)

2.99 (76)
0.08 (2)
2.050.04
(521)
0.66 (16.8)
1.02
(26)
0.59 0.59
(15) (15)
3.54 0.02
(90 0.5)
FBL2
0.18 (4.5)
2 Holes
AXU
Protective Earth Lead 6.6 feet (2 m)

Power Cord 6.6 feet (2 m)
AXH
Cable 0.29 (7.3 ),

W/Connector
Housing: 1-480270-0 (AMP)
BHF
0.45 (11.5)
0.06 (1.5)
2.36 (60)
0.66 (16.8)
US
3.54 max. (90)

2.99 (76)
0.08 (2)
3.54 0.02
(90 0.5)
1.02
(26)
0.59 0.59
(15) (15)
3.150.04
(801)
Protective Earth Lead 6.6 feet (2 m)

Capacitor Leads 14 (350)
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
3.94 (100)
0.12 (3)
0.18 (4.5)
2 Holes
Cable 0.44 (11.2 ),

W/Connector
Housing: 1-480270-0 (AMP)
Power Cord 6.6 feet (2 m)
Panel Cut-Out for Control Unit

Installation Method by Cutting a Hole
3.54 0.008 (90 0.2 )
3.19
0.04
0
(81 10 )
0.18 ( 4.5 ) Holes

2 Places
0.04
2.09 0
(53 10 )
Dimensions B-123
B-127
AC Motor Systems
ES
For use with US560 and US590 types

USP560-1U/USP560-2E
USP590-1U/USP590-2E
d A818
2.050.04
(521)

AC Input
DC Input
3.94 (100)
BX
3.150.04 (801)
0.12 (3)
Capacitor Dimensions Unit = inch (mm)
0.169
(4.3)
0.79
(20)
0.16 (4)
C
AMP#187
0.28 (7)
B
B+0.59 (15)
0.39
(10)
Capacitor (included with the motors)
0.24 (6)
R0.
39
Package Model
Capacitor
Model
Weight
oz (g)
US560-01U
CH180CFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
US560-02E
CH40BFAUL
2.28 (58)
0.93 (23.5)
1.46 (37)
2.5 (70)
US590-01U
CH200CFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.4 (95)
US590-02E
CH60BFAUL
2.28 (58)
1.14 (29)
1.61 (41)
3.0 (85)
If you need to order a capacitor without a motor, add "-C" to the capacitor model name
shown. A capacitor cap is included with a capacitor.
(10

POWER LED
Speed Potentiometer
RUN/STAND-BY Switch
Connection Diagrams
US206, US315, US425, US540 types
US560, US590 types
Uni-directional Rotation:
Uni-directional Rotation:
Motor Speed Indicator (optional)
SDM496
Pin No.
2
Control Unit Rear Panel
10
Motor Speed Indicator (optional)

SDM496
Pin No.
2
Control Unit Rear Panel
Power Supply
L
N (CW)
N (CCW)
FG
White
Black
11
SPEED
OUT
11
SPEED
OUT
Power Supply
10
Frame
Ground
L
N (CW)
N (COM)
N (CCW)
FG
Single-Phase 110/115 VAC 60 Hz

Single-Phase 220 VAC 50/60 Hz
Frame
Ground (Ground Lead: Green)
White
Frame
Ground
Black
Capacitor
Frame
Ground (Ground Lead: Green)
In the diagrams above, the motor shaft rotates in the clockwise

direction. When changed to the dotted line [N (CCW)] position,
the motor shaft rotates in the counterclockwise direction.
Bi-directional Rotation:
Bi-directional Rotation:
SW1
SW1
L
N (CW)
N (CCW)
CW SW2
CCW


Single-Phase 220 VAC 60 Hz
N (CW)
N (COM)
N (CCW)
CW
SW2
CCW
Switch Specifications: 250 VAC, Inductive Load, 5 A min.
Switch Specifications: 250 VAC, Inductive Load, 5 A min.

If an extension between the motor and control unit is required, an extension cable can be used (sold separately).
Using the longest cord, the distance can be extended up to 15.7 feet (4.75 m).Page B-130
B-128
Features B-116
Inner Connection Diagram for 4-Terminal Capacitor

Terminals of the capacitor are connected as shown in the
figure. For lead wire connection, use one lead wire per
terminal.
There is a difference in operation method between the

US206, US315, US425, US540 types and the US560,
US590 types.
Bi-directional Rotation
Install an additional power switch (SW1) and CW/CCW
switch (SW2) as shown on the previous page, and use these
switches to change the direction of rotation. (Motor cannot be
reversed instantaneously. Turn SW1 off and wait until the
motor has come to a complete stop before switching SW2.)
See the diagram on the previous page.
B-129
AC Motor Systems

AC Input
DC Input
Dimensions B-123
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
When the RUN/STAND-BY switch on the control unit is set to

STAND-BY, the motor stops. This switch is not a power
ON/OFF switch. If the motor is to be stopped for a long time,
a separate power ON/OFF switch should be installed.
US
Stopping
Uni-directional Rotation
When the direction of motor rotation needs to be reversed,
change the terminal used for attaching the power cord,
located at the back of control unit, from terminals N (CW)-N
(COM) to terminals N (COM)-N (CCW). The power cord
connections are located at terminals N (CW)-N (COM) when
shipped. See the diagram on the previous page.
(This should always be done with the power OFF.)
ES
When the potentiometer located on the front of the control

unit is turned in a clockwise direction, motor speed
increases; when turned in the counter clockwise direction,
motor speed decreases. Motor speed can be set and
adjusted over a range of 90 r/min-1600 r/min.
(Connection of the included capacitor is necessary.)
BHF
Changing Speed
US560 and US590 types
AXH
Connect the control unit and the motor, and attach the
capacitor wire leading from the control unit to the capacitor.
Next, plug in the power supply cord into an AC power supply.
When the RUN/STAND-BY switch located on the control unit
is switched to RUN, the motor will rotate in the direction set
by the connection of the capacitor.
(Control units are set for clockwise rotation at shipment. The
direction of rotation for the gearhead output shaft may be the
reverse of the direction of the motor shaft depending on the
gear ratio.)
Bi-directional Rotation
Install an additional power switch (SW1) and CW/CCW
switch (SW2) as shown on previous page, and use these
switches to change the direction of rotation. (Motor cannot be
reversed instantaneously. Turn SW1 off and wait until the
motor has come to a complete stop before switching SW2.)
See the diagram on the previous page.
AXU
US560 and US590 types
Uni-directional Rotation
When the direction of motor rotation needs to be reversed for
reasons relating to transmission mechanisms such as
gearheads, change the terminal used for attaching the power
cord, located at the back of control unit, from terminal N
(CW) to terminal N (CCW). The power cord connections are
located at terminals L and N (CW) when shipped. See the
diagram on the previous page.
(This should always be done with the power OFF.)
FBL2
Connect the motor lead wire connectors to the control unit.

Then connect the power cord to the power supply. When the
RUN/STAND-BY switch of the control unit is switched to
RUN, the motor rotates in the clockwise (CW) direction as
seen from the motor shaft.
(Control units are set for clockwise rotation at shipment. The
direction of rotation for the gearhead output shaft may be the
reverse of the direction of the motor shaft depending on the
gear ratio.)
(Capacitor is included in the control unit.)
BX
US206, US315, US425 and US540 types
Changing the Direction of Rotation

US206, US315, US425 and US540 types
Introduction
Operation Method
List of Motor and Control Unit Combinations

Model numbers for motor and control unit combinations are shown below.

Output Power
HP
W
1/125
1/50
15
1/30
25
1/19
40
1/12
60
1/8
90
Package Model
Motor Model
US206-401U
USM206-401W
US206-001U
USM206-001W
US315-401U
USM315-401W
US315-001U
USM315-001W
US425-401U
USM425-401W
US425-001U
USM425-001W
US540-401U
USM540-401W
US540-001U
USM540-001W
US560-501U
USM560-501W
US560-001U
USM560-001W
US590-501U
USM590-501W
US590-001U
USM590-001W

Control Unit Model
Output Power
HP
W
USP206-1U
1/125
USP315-1U
1/50
15
USP425-1U
1/30
25
USP540-1U
1/19
40
USP560-1U
1/12
60
USP590-1U
1/8
90
Package Model
Motor Model
US206-402E
USM206-402W
US206-002E
USM206-002W
US315-402E
USM315-402W
US315-002E
USM315-002W
US425-402E
USM425-402W
US425-002E
USM425-002W
US540-402E
USM540-402W
US540-002E
USM540-002W
US560-502E
USM560-502W
US560-002E
USM560-002W
US590-502E
USM590-502W
US590-002E
USM590-002W
Control Unit Model

USP206-2E
USP315-2E
USP425-2E
USP540-2E
USP560-2E
USP590-2E
Extension Cable (Sold separately)

When installing the motor and control unit in different locations, an extension cable can be used (sold separately). This enables
remote operation at a distance of up to 15.7 feet. (4.75 m).
Applicable Products:
US206, US315, US425, US540

Model
Length: L ft. (m)
CC01SS052
3.3 (1)
CC02SS052
6.6 (2)
CC03SS052
9.8 (3)
CC04SS052
13.1 (4)
Motor Side
Control Unit Side

Housing
1-480270-0 (AMP)
Housing
1-480340-0 (AMP)
Applicable Products:
US560, US590
B-130
Model
Length: L ft. (m)
CC01SS2
3.3 (1)
CC02SS2
6.6 (2)
CC03SS2
9.8 (3)
CC04SS2
13.1 (4)
Motor Side
Control Unit Side

Housing
1-480283-0(AMP)
Housing
1-480345-0(AMP)

Introduction
AXU
AXH

AC Input
DC Input
FBL2
BHF
AC Motor Systems
ES
US
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
B-131
BX
Before Using a Speed Control System
Installation Conditions
Install the motor, gearhead and control circuit (driver, speed
control pack, control unit) in a location that meets the
following conditions. Use in a location that does not satisfy
these conditions could damage the products.
Indoors (this product is designed and manufactured to be
installed within another device.)
Ambient temperature
14F104F (10C40C) (nonfreezing), [for some
motors, 14F122F (10C50C) or 32F122F
(0C50C)]
For the control circuit, the ambient temperature range
varies with each product. Refer to the pages where each
product is listed.
Ambient humidity 85% max. (noncondensing)
Not exposed to explosive, flammable or corrosive gas
Not exposed to direct sunlight
Not exposed to dust
Not exposed to water or oil
Place where heat can escape easily
Not exposed to continuous vibration or excessive impact
Installation Category2, Pollution Degree 2, Class1
Equipment
For BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series,

ES01/ES02 (Speed Control Motor V Series)
and BHF Series
The BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series and BHF Series
are combination types in which the motor and gearhead are
pre-assembled. Use the mounting screws provided to mount
to the device.
Motor
Mounting Screw
Dimensions of Mounting Holes

The dimension of the four motor mounting holes is shown as
pitch diameter in the dimensions of each product.
The distance between the mounting holes is shown in the
table below.
B
Only for the products that are certified by EN/IEC standards and conform to
EN/IEC standards.
Installation Category3, Pollution Degree 3 for some products
A
C
Before Using a Speed Control System
Connecting Gearheads to Motors

For connecting gearheads to motors, see page A-220.
Mounting Motor/Gearhead to Machinery

Following is an example of how to install a motor and
gearhead in machinery.
For AXU Series, ES01/ES02 (Speed Control Motor
World K Series) and US Series
Refer to page A-220 (GN Type and 5GUKA Type)
For mounting brackets (accessory), refer to page A-204.
B-132
Motor Frame Size

inch (mm)
A
C
B
(mm)
inch
(mm)
inch
(mm)
inch
1.65 (42)
1.89
(48)
1.336
(33.94) 1.4803
(37.6)
2.36 (60)
2.76
(70)
1.949
(49.50) 2.1260
(54)
2.76 (70)
3.23
(82)
2.283
(57.98) 2.5197
(64)
3.15 (80)
3.70
(94)
2.617
(66.47) 2.8740
(73)
3.54 (90)
4.09
(104)
2.895
(73.54) 3.2677
(83)
4.09 (104)
4.72
(120)
3.341
(84.85) 3.7008
(94)
BX Series
Page A-221
Dimensions of Included Screws

BX Series, FBL2 Series, AXH Series and BHF
Series
Mounting Holes for Mounting Bracket

(M34 Places)
Mounting Method for Attaching the Load
The screw shown below is included with the motor.

Introduction
Mounting Bracket (2 Pieces)

Motor
BX
Countersink Screws for Mounting Bracket

M34 (Included)
Gearhead
AXH5100
BX6400
FBL575
FBL5120
BHF62T-
BHF62MT-
2.01 (51)
2.36 (60)
1.93 (49)
30100 2.13 (54)
2.56 (65)
200
520
2.32 (59)
2.95 (75)
2.17 (55)
2.95 (75)
30100 2.68 (68)
3.54 (90)
2.76 (70)
200
2.91 (74)
3.74 (95)
5200
3.23 (82)
3.94 (100)
520
2.17 (55)
2.95 (75)
30100 2.68 (68)
3.54 (90)
200
2.91 (74)
3.74 (95)
3.27 (83)
3.94 (100)
M4 P0.7
Mounting Screws
M33 (Included)
M6 P1.0
M8 P1.25
Note:
The mounting holes (M33 places) on the back of a driver must only be used
for installing a DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
Use the mounting screws included when installing the DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
M8 P1.25
FBL2 Series
Base Mounting
Back Mounting
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
BX6200
2.17 (55)
200
520
US
BX5120
30100 1.81 (46)
Mounting Holes for

(M33 Places)
M8 P1.25
M8 P1.25
Control Circuit Installation
Attaching the Control Circuit to a Machine

When installing the driver, speed control pack, control unit,
and other control circuits in the device, use the mounting
brackets and screws provided.
(DIN rail mounting plates are also available as an accessory.
Refer to Page A-217 for details.)
Note:
When attaching the driver in an enclosed space such as a control box or
somewhere close to a heat-radiating object, vent holes should be used to prevent
the driver from overheating. If the ambient temperature listed in the installation
conditions for the control circuit is exceeded, use forced air cooling with a fan.
Countersink
M34 (Included)
To improve ventilation, mount the driver in an upright position as shown in the

figures above.
Mounting DIN Rail Mounting Plate

DIN Rail
Mounting Plate
Mounting Holes for
(M33 Places)
Mounting Screws
M33 (Included)
Note:
The mounting holes (M33) on the back of a driver must only be used for
installing a DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
Use the mounting screws included when installing the DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
B-133
AC Motor Systems
AXH450
1.97 (50)
ES
BX460
1.65 (42)
DIN Rail
Mounting Plate

AC Input
DC Input
AXH230
520
Screws (included)
Gearhead
(4 washers and hexagonal nuts are included)
L1
inch (mm) r [inch (mm)]
Size
BHF
BX230
Gear
Ratio
AXH
Combination Type Model
AXU
L1
FBL2
Note:
The mounting holes on the back of a driver must only be used for installation.
Use the mounting screws included when installing the mounting bracket.
figures above.
AXU Series and US Series
AXH Series
Secure the control unit, using the mounting holes, so that

there are no gaps between the metal plate and the control
unit.
To attach the driver to other devices, obtain M3 mounting

screws.
Using Mounting Holes on Circuit Board
Mounting Screw 2M3
Using Mounting Holes at the Back
2M4 screws must

be provided
Mounting Screw 2M3
Method for Mounting Two or More Drivers

Secure with screw and nuts
BHF Series
For attaching to devices, obtain M4 mounting screws.
When mounting two or more drivers, separate them by a

space of at least 0.79 in. (20mm) due to the ambient
temperature rises due to the temperature rise of the control
circuit itself.
Also, leave at least 0.98 in. (25mm) of space between the
driver and other devices or structures.
0.7
(20 9 in.
mm min
min .
.)
Mounting Holes for Mounting Bracket

(M34 Places)
Countersunk Screws
M34 (Included)
0.7
(20 9 in.
mm min
min .
.)
M4 (Not Included)

DIN Rail
Mounting Plate
Mounting Holes for

(M33 Places)
Mounting Screw
M33 (Included)
AXU Series
When you want to mount the control unit inside a housing,
mount it so that one of two control unit heat radiation vents
faces downward.
Note:
The mounting holes (M35 places) on the back of a speed control pack must be
used only for installing a mounting bracket and DIN Rail Mounting Plate.
Use the mounting screws included when installing the mounting bracket to a
speed control pack.
figure above.
Radiation Vent
A heat radiation Vent
is also located on the bottom.
Mount the control unit 0.98 in. (25mm) or more away from
the housing and other equipment inside the housing in the
horizontal direction, and 1.97 in. (50mm) or more away in the
vertical direction.
B-134
How to Use a Gearhead
The ambient temperature and the rise of the motor

temperature are limiting parameters for the suitability of a
motor in a given application.
Ambient Temperature
Before Using a
Speed Control
System
The point of the highest motor temperature rise is the

windings. For this reason, the maximum permissible
temperature of the windings is stated in the EN/IEC, UL, CSA
standards for the given type of insulation materials. Oriental
Motor motors employ Class A insulation, whose maximum
permissible temperature of the windings is 221F (105C). In
actually using a motor, keep the temperature of the motor
case below 194F (90C), considering the difference in
temperature between the motor case and windings.
In addition to Class A insulation, some of the motors have Class B insulation
266F (130C).
Although the motor case may become very hot while the
motor is in operation, in some cases as high as 194F
(90C), this does not indicate a malfunction.
Take precautions against heat before touching the motor,
and avoid accidents by keeping flammable materials away
from the motor.
B-135
AC Motor Systems
US
Temperature and humidity are important considerations if the

motor is to be stored for an extended period of time between
the purchase and assembly.
Storage in places where there are large temperature and
humidity variations will reduce the stators insulation
performance.
Moreover, leaving the motor for extended periods in places
with high temperature and humidity is likely to lead to grease
deterioration and corrosion inside the ball bearing. When
storing for long periods, it is therefore recommended to coat
the output shaft with an anti-corrosion agent, seal the motor
in a polyethylene bag and store in a place with normal
temperature and humidity.
ES
When a motor is operating, all energy losses of the motor

(losses from copper or iron etc.) are transformed into heat,
causing the motor temperature to rise.
Storage
BHF
Temperature Rise in Motor
AXH
Use motors at ambient temperatures between 14F (10C)

and 104F (40C) [14F122F (10C50C) or
32F122F (0C50C) for some motors]. When used at
temperatures outside of this range, an additional rise in
temperature caused by motor operation may lead to
deterioration of the motor wiring insulation or may drastically
shorten the operating life of the ball bearings. Also, low
ambient temperatures result in problems, primarily with
starting characteristics. The friction torque of the motor
increases with the decrease in viscosity of gearhead and ball
bearing lubricants resulting in a slower ramp up of the motor
or failure of the motor to start.

AC Input
DC Input
Ambient Temperature and

Temperature Rise in Motor
AXU
It is ideal to carry the product in its original package. When

handling a motor during test or installation, hold the body of
the motor so that the output shaft points upward. Also, when
the product is removed from the package for installation and
placed on a shelf, it is safer to place the motor upright with
the shaft pointing upwards so that it cannot strike other
motors.
The lead wires are insulated and securely fixed to the stator
and the case mechanically. They can, therefore, withstand a
certain degree of tension applied to them. However, lifting the
product by the lead wires may cause them to break, or may
damage the insulation or result in some other potentially
hazardous situation. Be sure to hold the body.
Handling
FBL2
When installed in a device, the ambient temperature

depends on the situation. Do not exceed the ambient
temperature mentioned in the installation conditions.
Handling the Motor
BX
Page A-227
Introduction
Mount the driver 0.79 in. (20mm) or more away from the
housing and other equipment inside the housing in the
horizontal direction, and 1.97 in. (50mm) or more away in the
vertical direction.
AXH Series

Manual Drives Motor Vexta

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Drives Motor Vexta

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems

AXH Series ........................................... B-58

BHF Series ............................................. B-70

ES01/ES02 ............................................ B-86

US Series ............................................. B-116

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Before Using a Speed

AXU Series ............................................ B-46

Brushless DC Motor Systems

FBL@ Series .......................................... B-34

BX Series ............................................... B-10

Features of Speed Control Systems .................. B-2

Speed Control Systems

Features of Speed Control Systems

Brushless DC Motor Systems

Flat Torque Characteristics

These units use brushless DC motors. Since the efficiency is

The brushless motor and driver package outputs a constant

Limited Duty Region

Loss reduced by 50%

Continuous Duty Region

Small, High Power and Compact

Wide Variable Speed Range

AC Motors Controlled by an Inverter

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Compact speed controller ES01/ ES02

Multiple functions, 200 W (1/4 HP) speed control system with

Brushless DC Motor Systems

Easy connection, easy handling US Series

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Product Line of Speed Control Systems

Variable Speed Range: 303000 r/min

Variable Speed Range: 3003000 r/min

Variable Speed Range: 1002000 r/min

Variable Speed Range: 1003000 r/min

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Speed Control Systems

Variable Speed Range:

Variable Speed Range:

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Brushless DC Motor Systems

Variable Speed Range: 1002400 r/min

Speed Control Systems

Speed Control Systems Selection Guide

Selection by Speed Control Range

Speed Control Range

901400 r/min (50 Hz)

Selection by Speed Setting

Motor Systems Systems

Speed Control System Function Comparison

Brushless DC Motor Systems

(Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC,

(Single-Phase 100-115 VAC, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC,

1 Possible when used with the OPX-1A (sold separately).

ORIENTAL MOTOR GENERAL CATALOG 2003/2004

Round Shaft Type

Rated Output Power

Maximum Input Current A

2% Max. (0rated torque, at rated speed)

Permissible Overhung Load and Permissible Thrust Load for Motors